S46MC-C Project Guide

Two-stroke Engines

This book describes the general technical features of the S46MC-C engine,
including some optional features and/or equipment.
As differences may appear in the individual suppliers extent of delivery, please
contact the relevant engine supplier for a confirmation of the actual execution and
extent of delivery.
A List of Updates will be updated continuously. Please ask for the latest issue,
to be sure that your Project Guide is fully up to date.

1st Edition
May 1997

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Engine type identification

The engine types of the MC programme are identified by the following letters and figures:

S 46 MC - C
C Compact engine
Design

Stationary plants

Tankers

Super long stroke approximately 4.0

Long stroke

approximately 3.2

K Short stroke

approximately 2.8

Engine programme
Diameter of piston in cm
Stroke/bore ratio

Number of cylinders

Fig. 1.01: Description of designation

430 100 100

178 52 93

1.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

S46MC-C
Bore:
460 mm
Stroke: 1932 mm
Power
L1
L3
L2
L4

Speed

Power and speed

Power
Layout
point

kW
BHP

Engine
speed

Mean effective
pressure

r/min

bar

L1

129

19.0

5240
7140

6550
8925

7860
10710

9170
12495

10480
14280

L2

129

15.2

4200
5700

5250
7125

6300
8550

7350
9975

8400
11400

L3

108

19.0

4400
6000

5500
7500

6600
9000

7700
10500

8800
12000

L4

108

15.2

3520
4800

4400
6000

5280
7200

6160
8400

7040
9600

Number of cylinders

Fuel and lubricating oil consumption

Specific fuel oil
consumption

g/kWh
g/BHPh

At load
Layout point

100%

80%

L1

174
128

173
127

L2

169
124

167
123

L3

174
128

173
127

L4

169
124

167
123

Lubricating oil consumption

System oil
Approximate
kg/cyl. 24 hours

Cylinder oil

1.1-1.6 g/kWh
4
0.8-1.2 g/BHPh

Fig. 1.02: Power, speed and SFOC

430 100 100

178 52 94

1.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Engine Power Range and Fuel Consumption

Engine Power
The table contains data regarding the engine power,
speed and specific fuel oil consumption of the
S42MC-C.
Engine power is specified in both BHP and kW, in
rounded figures, for each cylinder number and layout
points L1, L2, L3 and L4:
L1 designates nominal maximum continuous rating
(nominal MCR), at 100% engine power and 100%
engine speed.
L2, L3 and L4 designate layout points at the other
three corners of the layout area, chosen for easy
reference. The mean effective pressure is:

bar
kp/cm2

L1 - L3
19.0
19.4

Tropical conditions:
Blower inlet temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 C
Blower inlet pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 mbar
Seawater temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 C

Specific fuel oil consumption (SFOC)

Specific fuel oil consumption values refer to brake
power, and the following reference conditions:
ISO 3046/1-1986:
Blower inlet temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 C
Blower inlet pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 mbar
Charge air coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . 25 C
Fuel oil lower calorific value . . . . . . . 42,707 kJ/kg
(10,200 kcal/kg)
Although the engine will develop the power specified up to tropical ambient conditions, specific fuel
oil consumption varies with ambient conditions and
fuel oil lower calorific value. For calculation of these
changes, see the following pages.

L2 - L4
15.2
15.5

Overload corresponds to 110% of the power at

MCR, and may be permitted for a limited period of
one hour every 12 hours.

SFOC guarantee
The engine power figures given in the tables remain
valid up to tropical conditions at sea level, i.e.:

The Specific Fuel Oil Consumption (SFOC) is guaranteed for one engine load (power-speed combination),
this being the one in which the engine is optimised.
The guarantee is given with a margin of 3%.
If the IMO NOx limitation are to be fulfilled the
tolerance will be of 5%.

Lubricating oil data

The cylinder oil consumption figures stated in the
tables are valid under normal conditions. During
running-in periodes and under special conditions,
feed rates of up to 1.5 times the stated values
should be used.

Rev.1

430 100 100

178 52 94

1.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Performance curves

Fig. 1.03: Performance curves

430 100 500

178 52 96

1.04

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Description of Engine
The engines built by our licensees are in accordance
with MAN B&W drawings and standards. In a few
cases, some local standards may be applied; however, all spare parts are interchangeable with MAN
B&W designed parts. Some other components can
differ from MAN B&Ws design because of production facilities or the application of local standard
components. See engine cross section Fig. 1.04.

Thrust Bearing
The thrust bearing is of the B&W-Michell type, and
consists, primarily, of a thrust collar on the crankshaft, a bearing support, and segments of steel with
white metal. The thrust shaft is thus an integrated
part of the crankshaft.
The propeller thrust is transferred through the thrust
collar, the segments, and the bedplate, to the engine seating and end chocks. The thrust bearing is
lubricated by the engines main lubricating oil system.

In the following, reference is made to the item numbers specified in the Extent of Delivery (EOD)
forms, both for the basic delivery extent and for any
options mentioned.

Turning Gear and Turning Wheel

Bedplate and Main Bearing
The bedplate is made in one part with the chain drive
placed at the thrust bearing in the aft end on 4 to 8
cylinder engines. The bedplate consists of high,
welded, longitudinal girders and welded cross girders with cast steel bearing supports.
For fitting to the engine seating, long, elastic holding-down bolts, and hydraulic tightening tools, can
be supplied as an option: 4 82 602 and 4 82 630,
respectively.
The bedplate is made without taper if mounted on
epoxy chocks (4 82 102), or with taper 1:100, if
mounted on cast iron chocks, option 4 82 101.
The oil pan is made of steel plate and is welded to
the bedplate. The oil pan collects the return oil from
the forced lubricating and cooling oil system. For
about every third cylinder it is provided with a vertical drain with grating.

The turning wheel has cylindrical teeth and is fitted

to the thrust shaft. The turning wheel is driven by a
pinion on the terminal shaft of the turning gear,
which is mounted on the bedplate.
The turning gear is driven by an electric motor with
built-in gear and brake. The electric motor is provided with insulation class B and enclosure IP44.
The turning gear is equipped with a blocking device
that prevents the main engine from starting when
the turning gear is engaged. Engagement and
disengagement of the turning gear is effected manually by an axial movement of the pinion.
A control device for turning gear, consisting of starter and manual remote control box, with 10 metres
of cable, can be ordered as an option: 4 80 601.

Frame Box

Horizontal outlets at both ends can be arranged as

an option: 4 40 102.
The main bearings consist of steel shells lined with
bearing metal. The bottom shell can, by means of
special tools and hydraulic tools for lifting the crankshaft, be rotated out and in. The shells are kept in
position by a bearing cap.

The frame box is made in one or more parts depending on production facilities. The frame box is
welded. On the exhaust side, the engine is provided
with a relief valve and a manhole for each cylinder.
On the camshaft side of the engine, the frame box
is provided with a large door for each cylinder.
The crosshead guides are fixed in the frame box.

The chain drive is placed in the aft end of the engine.

Rev.1

430 100 042

178 52 97

1.05

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Cylinder Cover

The frame box is attached to the bedplate with

screws. The frame box, bedplate and cylinder frame
are tightened together by twin stay bolts. The stay
bolts are made in one part. The stay bolt nut is
tightened with the use of hydraulic jacks.

The cylinder cover is of forged steel, made in one

piece, and has bores for cooling water. It has a
central bore for the exhaust valve and bores for fuel
valves, safety valve, starting valve and indicator
valve.

Cylinder Frame, Cylinder Liner and

Stuffing Box

The cylinder cover is attached to the cylinder frame

with studs and nuts tightened by hydraulic jack.

The cylinder frame is cast in one piece with integrated

camshaft frame and the chain drive at the aft end. It is
made of cast iron and is attached to the frame box with
screws. The cylinder frame is provided with access
covers for cleaning the scavenge air space and for
inspection of scavenge ports and piston rings from the
camshaft side. Together with the cylinder liner it forms
the scavenge air space.
The cylinder frame has ducts for piston cooling oil
inlet. The scavenge air receiver, chain drive, turbocharger, air cooler box and gallery brackets are
located at the cylinder frame. Furthermore, the supply pipe for the piston cooling oil and lubricating oil
is attached to the cylinder frame. At the bottom of
the cylinder frame there is a piston rod stuffing box,
which is provided with sealing rings for scavenge
air, and with oil scraper rings which prevent oil from
coming up into the scavenge air space.

Exhaust Valve and Valve Gear

The exhaust valve consists of a valve housing and
a valve spindle. The valve housing is of cast iron and
arranged for water cooling. The housing is provided
with a bottom piece of steel with hardened seat. The
bottom piece is water cooled. The spindle is made
of heat resistant steel, also with hardfacing metal
welded onto the seat. The housing is provided with
a spindle guide.
The exhaust valve is tightened to the cylinder cover
with studs and nuts. The exhuast valve is opened
hydraulically and closed by means of air pressure.
In operation, the valve spindle slowly rotates, driven
by the exhaust gas acting on small vanes fixed to
the spindle. The hydraulic system consists of a
piston pump mounted on the roller guide housing,
a high-pressure pipe, and a working cylinder on the
exhaust valve. The piston pump is activated by a
cam on the camshaft.

Drains from the scavenge air space and the piston

rod stuffing box are located at the bottom of the
cylinder frame.
The cylinder liner is made of alloyed cast iron and is
suspended in the cylinder frame by means of a
low-situated flange. The uppermost part of the liner
is surrounded by a cast iron cooling jacket. The
cylinder liner has scavenge ports and drilled holes
for cylinder lubrication.

Air sealing of the exhaust valve spindle guide is

provided.

The camshaft is embedded in bearing shells lined

with white metal in the camshaft frame.

Each cylinder cover is equipped with two fuel valves,

one starting valve, one safety valve, and one indicator valve. The opening of the fuel valves is controlled
by the fuel oil high pressure created by the fuel
pumps, and the valve is closed by a spring. An
automatic vent slide allows circulation of fuel oil
through the valve and high pressure pipes, and
prevents the compression chamber from being filled
up with fuel oil in the event that the valve spindle is
sticking when the engine is stopped.

Fuel Valves, Starting Valve,

Safety Valve and Indicator Valve

430 100 042

178 52 97

1.06

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Oil from the vent slide and other drains is led away
in a closed system.

Axial Vibration Damper

The engine is fitted with an axial vibration damper,
which is mounted on the fore end of the crankshaft.
The damper consists of a piston and a split-type
housing located forward of the foremost main bearing. The piston is made as an integrated collar on
the main journal, and the housing is fixed to the main
bearing support. A mechanical device for check of
the functioning of the vibration damper is fitted.

The starting valve is opened by control air from the

starting air distributor and is closed by a spring.
The safety valve is spring-loaded.

Indicator Drive
In its basic execution, the engine is fitted with an
indicator drive.
The indicator drive consists of a cam fitted on the
camshaft and a spring-loaded spindle with roller
which moves up and down, corresponding to the
movement of the piston within the engine cylinder.
The top of the spindle has an eye to which the
indicator cord is fastened after the indicator has
been mounted on the indicator valve.

Crankshaft

5 and 6S46MC-C or plants equipped with a Power

Take Off at the fore end are to be equipped with an
axial vibration monitor, option: 4 31 116.

Connecting Rod
The connecting rod is made of forged steel and
provided with bearing caps of nodular iron for the
crosshead and crankpin bearings.
The crosshead and crankpin bearing caps are
secured to the connecting rod by studs and nuts
which are tightened by hydraulic jacks.

The crankshaft is of the semi-built type made from

forged steel throws, or for some cylinder numbers,
from cast steel throws with cold rolled fillets. The
crankshaft incorporates the thrust shaft.

The crosshead bearing consists of a lower thinwalled steel shell, lined with bearing metal and a
bearing cap lined with white metal. The crosshead
bearing cap is in one piece, with an angular cut-out
for the piston rod.

At the aft end, the crankshaft is provided with a

flange for the turning wheel and for coupling to the
intermediate shaft.
At the front end, the crankshaft is fitted with a flange
for the fitting of a tuning wheel, and for a moment
compensator chain wheel, in the event that these
are to be installed.

The crankpin bearing is provided with thin-walled

steel shells, lined with bearing metal. Lub. oil is
supplied through ducts in the crosshead and connecting rod.

Piston, Piston Rod and Crosshead

The flange can also be used for a power take-off, if

so desired. The power take-off can be supplied at
extra cost: 4 85 000.
Coupling bolts and nuts for joining the crankshaft
together with the intermediate shaft are not normally
supplied. These can be ordered as an option: 4 30 602.

The piston consists of a piston crown and piston

skirt. The piston crown is made of heat-resistant
steel and has four ring grooves which are hardchrome plated on both the upper and lower surfaces
of the grooves. The piston crown is with high
topland, i.e. the distance between the piston top
and the upper piston ring has been increased.
The upper piston ring is a CPR type (Controlled
Pressure Releif) whereas the other three piston rings

430 100 042

178 52 97

1.07

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Camshaft and Cams

are with an oblique cut. The two uppermost piston

rings are higher than the lower ones.

The camshaft is made in one or two pieces depending on the number of cylinders, with fuel cams,
exhaust cams, thrust disc and chain wheel shrunk
onto the shaft.

The piston skirt is of cast iron.

The piston rod is of forged steel and is surface-hardened on the running surface for the stuffing box. The
piston rod is connected to the crosshead with four
screws.

The exhaust cams and fuel cams are of steel, with

a hardened roller race. They can be adjusted and
dismantled hydraulically.

The piston rod has a central bore which, in conjunction with a cooling oil pipe, forms the inlet and outlet
for cooling oil.

Chain Drive

The crosshead is of forged steel and is provided

with nodular cast iron guide shoes with white metal
on the running surface. The telescopic pipe for oil
inlet and the pipe for oil outlet, are mounted on the
top of the guide shoes.

The camshaft is driven from the crankshaft by two

chains. The chain wheel is bolted on to the side of
the thrust collar. The chain drive is provided with a
chain tightener and guide bars to support the long
chain lengths.

Fuel Pump and Fuel Oil

High-Pressure Pipes

Reversing
Reversing of the engine takes place by reversing the
starting air distributor and by means of an angular
displaceable roller in the driving mechanism for the
fuel pump of each engine cylinder. The reversing
mechanism is activated and controlled by compressed air supplied to the engine. The exhaust
valve gear is not reversible.

The engine is provided with one fuel pump for each

cylinder. The fuel pump consists of a pump housing
of nodular cast iron and a centrally placed pump
barrel and plunger of nitrated steel. In order to
prevent fuel oil from being mixed with the lubricating
oil the pump actuator is provided with a sealing
arrangement.

2nd order Moment Compensators

The pump is activated by the fuel cam, and the

injected volume is controlled by turning the plunger
with a toothed bar which is connected to the regulating mechanism.
Adjustment of the pump lead is effected by inserting
shims between the top cover and the pump housing.

These are relevant only for 4, 5 or 6-cylinder engines, and can be mounted either on the aft end or
on both fore end and aft end. In special cases only
a compensator on the fore end is necessary.
The aft end compensator consists of balance
weights built into the camshaft chain drive, option:
4 31 203.

The fuel pump is provided with a puncture valve. In

emergency stop position the valve leads the fuel oil
back into the suction side of the pump and thereby
prevents the fuel from opening the fuel valves and
enter nto the cylinder.

The fore end compensator consists of balance

weights driven from the fore end of the crankshaft,
option: 4 31 213

The fuel oil high-pressure pipes are equipped with

protective hoses or are made as double pipes with
insulation.

430 100 042

178 52 97

1.08

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Tuning Wheel/Torsional Vibration

Damper

Manoeuvring System (prepared for

Bridge Control)

A tuning wheel/torsional vibration damper is to be

ordered separately based upon the final torsional
vibration calculations. All shaft and propeller data
are to be forwarded by the yard to the engine
builder, see chapter 7.

The engine is provided with a pneumatic/electric

manoeuvring and fuel oil regulating system. The
system transmits orders from the separate manoeuvring console to the engine.

Governor
For conventional installations the engine speed is
controlled by a mechanical/hydraulic Woodward governor type PGA200.
Electronic governors are available as an option, see
chapter 6.11.

The manoeuvring system makes it possible to start,

stop, and reverse the engine and to control the
engine speed. The speed control handle on the
manoeuvring console gives a speed-setting signal
to the governor, dependent on the desired number
of revolutions. At a shut down function, the fuel
injection is stopped by activating the puncture valves
placed in the fuel pumps, independent of the speed
control handles position.
Reversing is effected by moving the manoeuvring
handle from Ahead to Astern and from Stop
to Start position. Control air then reverses the
starting air distributor and, through an air cylinder,
the displaceable roller in the driving mechanism for
the fuel pump, to the Astern position.

Cylinder Lubricators
The engine is equipped with one or two cylinder
lubricators. The cylinder lubricators are mounted on
the fore end of the cylinder frame.

The engine is provided with a side mounted control

console and instrument panel, for emergency running.
The manoeuvring system is described in chapter 6.11.

The lubrictors have a built-in capability to adjustment of the oil quantity. They are of the Sight Feed
Lubricator type and are provided with a sight glass
for each lubricating point. The oil is led to the lubricators through a pipe system from an elevated tank.

Gallery Arrangement
The engine is provided with gallery brackets, stanchions, railings and platforms (exclusive of ladders).
The brackets are placed at such a height that the
best possible overhauling and inspection conditions
are achieved. Some main pipes of the engine are
suspended from the gallery brackets.

Once adjusted, the lubricators will basically have a

cylinder oil feed rate proportional to the engine
revolutions.
No-flow and low level alarm devices are included
The lubricators are further equipped with electric
heating

Scavenge Air System

As an alternative to the speed dependent lubricator, a speed and mean effective pressure (MEP)
dependent lubricator can be fitted , option: 4 42 113
which is frequently used on plants with controllable
pitch propeller.

The air intake to the turbocharger takes place direct

from the engine room through the intake silencer of
the turbocharger. From the turbocharger, the air is led
via the charging air pipe, air coolers and scavenge
air receiver to the scavenge ports of the cylinder
liners. The charging air pipe between the turbocharger and the air cooler is provided with a compensator and is heat insulated on the outside.

The Load Change Dependent system, option: 4 42

120 will automatically increase the oil feed rate in
case of a sudden change in engine load, for instance
during manoeuvring or rough sea conditions.

430 100 042

178 52 97

1.09

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Exhaust Turbocharger

pressure. After the turbocharger, the gas is led to

the external exhaust pipe system, which is yards
supply.

The engine is fitted with MAN B&W turbocharger

(4 59 101), ABB turbocharger (4 59 102) or a Mitsubishi turbocharger (4 59 103) arranged on the aft
end of the engine (4 59 121).

Compensators are fitted between the exhaust valves

and the receiver, and between the receiver and the
turbocharger.

The turbocharger can alternatively be located on the

exhaust side of the engine, option: 4 59 123. The
turbocharger is partly cooled, either by freshwater
or the lubricating oil.

The exhaust gas receiver and exhaust pipes are

provided with insulation, covered by galvanized
steel plating.
There is a protective grating between the exhaust
gas receiver and the turbocharger.

The turbocharger is provided with:

a) Equipment for water washing of the compressor
side.

Auxiliary Blower

b) Equipment is installed for dry cleaning of the

turbine side and water washing
The gas outlet can be 15/30/45/60/75/90 from
vertical, away from the engine. See either of options
4 59 301-309. The turbocharger is equipped with an
electronic tacho system with pick-ups, converter and
indicator for mounting in the engine control room.

Scavenge Air Cooler

The engine is fitted with an air cooler divided in elements for a seawater cooling system of 2.0-2.5 bar
working pressure (4 54 130) or central cooling with
freshwater of maximum 4.5 bar working pressure,
option: 4 54 132.
The end covers are of coated cast iron 4 54 150, or
alternatively of brass, option: 4 54 151

The engine is provided with two electrically-driven

blowers automatically controlled by the scavenge
air pressure in the receiver.
The suction sides of the blowers are connected to
the duct from the air cooler, and the flap valves in
the outlet duct from the air cooler are closed as long
as the auxiliary blower can give a supplement to the
scavenge air pressure.
Both auxiliary blowers will start operating before the
engine is started and will ensure sufficient scavenge
air pressure to obtain a safe start.
During operation of the engine, both auxiliary blowers
will start automatically each time the engine load is
reduced to about 30-40%, and they will continue
operating until the load again exceeds approximately
40-50%.
In cases where one of the auxiliary blowers is out of
service, the other auxiliary blower will automatically
compensate without any manual readjustment of
the valves, thus avoiding any engine load reduction.
This is achieved by the automatically working nonreturn valves in the outlet pipe of the blowers.

A water mist catcher of the through-flow type is

located in the air chamber below the air cooler.
The scavenge air system is describedin in chapter
6.09.

Exhaust Gas System

From the exhaust valves, the gas is led to the exhaust
gas receiver where the fluctuating pressure from the
individual cylinders is equalised, and the total volume
of gas led further on to the turbocharger at a constant

430 100 042

The electric motors are of the totally enclosed, fan

cooled type with insulation min. class B and enclosure minimum IP44. Frequency speed control can
be applied as an option.

178 52 97

1.10

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

The electrical control panel and starters for two

auxiliary blowers can be delivered as an option:
4 55 650.

transported as one unit, insulation can be mounted

as an option: 4 35 121.
The engines external pipe connections are in
accordance with DIN and ISO standards:

Piping Arrangements

Sealed, without counterflanges in one end, and

with blank counterflanges and bolts in the other
end (4 30 201), or

With blank counterflanges and bolts in both ends

of the piping, option: 4 30 202, or

With drilled counterflanges and bolts, option:

4 30 203

The engine is delivered with piping arrangements for:

Fuel oil
Lubricating and cooling oil
Cylinder lubricating oil
Lubricating of turbocharger
Cooling water for air cooler
Jacket cooling water
Cleaning of turbocharger
Fire extinguishing for scavenge air space
Starting air
Control air
Safety air
Exhaust valve sealing air and air spring
Oil mist detector
Pressure gauge
Various drains

A fire extinguishing system for the scavenge air box

will be provided, based on:
Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 55 140, or
Water mist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . option: 4 55 142, or
CO2 (excluding bottles) . . . . . . . . . option: 4 55 143

Starting Air System

The starting air system comprises a main starting
valve, a non-return valve, a bursting disc for the
branch pipe to each cylinder, a starting air distributor, and a starting valve on each cylinder. The main
starting valve is connected with the manoeuvring
system, which controls the start of the engine.

All arrangements are made of steel piping, except

the control air, safety air and steam heating of fuel
pipes which are made of copper. The pipes for sea
cooling water to the air cooler are of:
Galvanised steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (4 45 130), or
Thick-walled, galvanised steel . . . . . (4 45 131), or
Aluminium brass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (4 45 132), or
Copper nickel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (4 45 133)

A slow turning valve with actuator can be ordered

as an option: 4 50 140.
The starting air distributor regulates the supply of
control air to the starting valves so that they supply
the engine cylinders with starting air in the correct
firing order.

In the case of central cooling, the pipes for freshwater to the air cooler are of steel. The pipes are
provided with sockets for standard instruments,
alarm and safety equipment and, furthermore, with
a number of sockets for supplementary signal
equipment and supplementary remote instruments.
The inlet and return fuel oil pipes (except branch
pipes) can be heated with:

Oil Mist Detector

The engine is provided with an oil mist detector of :

Steam tracing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 35 110, or

Electrical tracing . . . . . . . . . . . option: 4 35 111, or
Thermal oil tracing . . . . . . . . . . . . option: 4 35 112

Make: Graviner
Type: MK 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 75 161
or
Make: Schaller
Type: Visatron VN 215 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 75 163

The above heating pipes are normally delivered

without insulation, 4 35 120. If the engine is to be

430 100 042

178 52 97

1.11

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 1.04: Engine cross secition

430 100 018

178 52 98

1.12

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

2 Engine Layout and Load Diagrams, SFOC

Introduction
The effective brake power Pb of a diesel engine is
proportional to the mean effective pressure pe and
engine speed n, i.e. when using c as a constant.
Pb = c x pe x n
so, for constant mep, the power is proportional to
the speed

Thus, propeller curves will be parallel to lines having

the inclination i = 3, and lines with constant mep will
be parallel to lines with the inclination i = 1.
Therefore, in the layout and load diagrams for diesel
engines, logarithmic scales are used, making simple
diagrams with straight lines.

Propulsion and Engine Running Points

Pb = c x n1 (for constant mep)

Propeller curve
When running with a fixed pitch propeller (FPP), the
power may be expressed according to the propeller
law as
Pb = c x n3 (propeller law)
Thus, for the above examples, the brake power Pb
may be expressed as an exponential function of the
speed n to the power of i, i.e.

The relation between power and propeller speed is

given for a fixed pitch propeller, and it is as mentioned above usually described by a third power
curve:
Pb = c x n3

Pb = c x ni
Fig. 2.01a shows the relationship for the linear functions, y = ax + b, using linear scales.
The exponential functions Pb = c x ni, see Fig. 2.01b,
will be linear functions when using logarithmic scales.

in which:
Pb = engine power for propulsion
n = propeller speed
c = constant

Propeller design point

Normally, calculations of the necessary propeller
power and speed are based on theoretical calculations, and often experimental tank tests, both

log (Pb) = i x log (n) + log (c)

Fig. 2.01a: Straight lines in linear scales

Fig. 2.01b: Exponential curves in logarithmic scales

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

assuming optimum operating conditions, i.e. a

clean hull and good weather. The obtained combination of speed and power may be called the ships
propeller design point (PD) placed on the running
propeller curve 6, see Fig. 2.02.

Note:
Light/heavy running, fouling and sea margin are
overlapping terms in which Light/heavy running of
the propeller refers to hull and propeller deterioration, heavy weather and Sea margin i.e. extra power
to the propeller, refers to the influence of the wind
and the sea. Based on feedback from service, it
seems reasonable to design the propeller for 2.5-5%
light running. However, the degree of light running
must be decided upon experience from the actual
trade and hull design.

Fouled hull
When the ship has sailed for some time, the hull and
propeller become fouled and the hulls resistance
will increase. Consequently, the ship speed will be
reduced unless the engine delivers more power to
the propeller, i.e. the propeller will be further loaded
and will be heavy running (HR).

Specified maximum continuous rating (M)

The specified MCR is the maximum rating required
by yard or owner for continuous operation of the
chosen engine. Point M can be any point within the
layout diagram. Once the specified MCR point M
has been chosen, and provided that the shaftline
and auxiliary equipment are dimensioned accordingly, the specified MCR point is now the maximum
rating at which an overload of 10% is permissible
for one hour per twelve hours.

Sea margin and heavy propeller

If, at the same time, the weather is bad, with head
winds, the ships resistance may increase much
more, giving an even heavier running.
When the necessary engine power and speed is to
be determined, it is therefore normal to add an extra
power margin, the so-called sea-margin which traditionally is about 15% of the PD power, compared to
the clean hull and calm weather propeller curve 6 placed on a heavier propeller curve 2 in fig. 2.02.
The corresponding speed and power combination
is called the continuous service rating for propulsion (SP) for fouled hull, and heavy weather. The
propeller curve for fouled hull and heavy weather will
normally be used as the basis for the engine operating curve in service, curve 2, and the propeller
curve for clean hull and calm weather curve 6 will be
said to represent a light running (LR) propeller.

The specified MCR is equal to the optimised power

for the S46MC-C nomally (M=O).

Continuous service rating (S)

The Continuous service rating is the power at which
the engine is normally assumed to operate, and
point S is identical the service propulsion point (SP),
unless a main engine driven shaft generator is installed.

Constant ship speed lines

Engine margin
The constant ship speed lines , are shown at the
very top of Fig. 2.02, indicating the power required
at various propeller speeds in order to keep the
same ship speed, provided that, for each ship speed,
the optimum propeller diameter is used, taking into
consideration the total propulsion efficiency.

Frequently, a so-called engine margin of about 10%

is also added, which means that the specified MCR
for propulsion (MP) is so that SP = 90% of MP.
Point MP is identical to the engines specified MCR
point (M), unless a main engine driven shaft generator is installed. In this case the extra power demand
of the shaft generator has to be considered, too.

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Engine Layout Diagram

Load Diagram

The layout diagram, Fig. 2.02, shows the layout area

within which there is full freedom to select the
combination of engine power (kW) and speed (r/min)
which is optimum for the ship and the expected
operating profile.

Definitions
The load diagram, Fig. 2.03, defines the power and
speed limits for continuous as well as overload
operation of an installed engine having an optimising point O coinciding with the specified MCR point
M according to the ships specification.

On the horizontal axis the engine speed and on the

vertical axis the engine power are shown in percentage scales. The scales are logarithmic which means
that, in this diagram, power function curves like
propeller curves (3rd power), constant mean effective
pres-sure curves (1st power) and constant ship
speed curves (0.15 to 0.30 power) are straight lines.

Point A is a 100% speed and power reference point

of the load diagram, and is for the S46MC-C equal
to the optimising point O, having the specified
MCRs power. Point M is normally equal to point A
= O but point M may in special cases, for example
if a shaft generator is installed, be placed to the right
of point A on line 7.

An engines layout diagram is limited by two constant mean effective pressure (mep) lines L1-L3 and
L2-L4, and by two constant engine speed lines L1-L2
and L3-L4, see Fig. 2.02. The L1 point refers to the
engines nominal maximum continuous rating.

The service points of the installed engine incorporate the engine power required for ship propulsion
and shaft generator, if installed.

Based on the propulsion and engine running points,

as previously mentioned, the layout diagram of a
relevant main engine may be drawn-in. The specified MCR point (M) must be inside or on the limitation lines of the layout diagram; if not, the propeller
speed has to be changed or another main engine
type must be chosen. It is only in special cases that
point M may be located to the right of line L1-L2, see
Optimising Point.

Limits for continuous operation

The continuous service range is limited by four lines:
Line 3 and line 9:
Line 3 represents the maximum speed which can be
accepted for continuous operation, i.e. 105% of A.
If, in special cases, A is located to the right of line
L1-L2, the maximum limit, however, is 105% of L1.

Optimising point (O) = specified MCR (M)

During trial conditions the maximum speed may be

extended to 107% of A, see line 9.

The optimising point O is the rating at which the

turbocharger is matched, and at which the engine
timing and compression ratio are adjusted.

The above limits may in general be extended to

105%, and during trial conditions to 107%, of the
nominal L1 speed of the engine, provided the torsional vibration conditions permit.

The optimising point O is placed on line 1 and equal

to point A of the load diagram, and having point Ms
power, i.e. the power of points O and M shall be
identical, but the engine speeds can be different.

The overspeed set-point is 109% of the speed in A,

however it may be moved to 109% of the nominal
speed in L1, provided that torsional vibration conditions permit.

The optimising point O is to be placed inside the

layout diagram. In fact, the specified MCR point M
can, in special cases, be placed outside the layout
diagram, but only by exceeding line L1-L2, and, of
course, only provided that the optimising point O is
located inside the layout diagram.

Running at low load above the nominal L1 speed of

the engine is, however, to be avoided for extended
periods.

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Line 4:
Represents the limit at which an ample air supply is
available for combustion and imposes a limitation
on the maximum combination of torque and speed.

If the specified MCR and the optimising point is to

be increased later on, this may involve a change of
the pump and cooler capacities, retiming of the
engine, change of the fuel valve nozzles, adjusting
of the cylinder liner cooling, as well as rematching
of the turbocharger or even a change to a larger size
of turbocharger. In some cases it can also require
larger dimensions of the piping systems.

Line 5:
Represents the maximum mean effective pressure
level (mep), which can be accepted for continuous
operation.

It is therefore of utmost importance to consider,

already at the project stage, if the specification
should be prepared for a later power increase. This
is to be indicated in item 4 02 010 of the Extent of
Delivery.

Line 7:
Represents the maximum power for continuous
operation.

Limits for overload operation

Examples of the use of the load diagram

The overload service range is limited as follows:
In the following, four different examples based on
fixed pitch propeller (FPP) and one example based
on controllable pitch propeller (CPP) are shown in
order to illustrate the flexibility of the layout and load
diagrams, and the significant influence of the choice
of the optimising point O.

Line 8:
Represents the overload operation limitations.
The area between lines 4, 5, 7 and the heavy dashed
line 8 is available for overload running for limited
periods only (1 hour per 12 hours).

Example 1:
Normal running conditions
Engine coupled to FP-propeller without shaft generator

Recommendation

Normally, the optimising point O will be chosen on

the engine service curve 2 (for fouled hull) and
heavy weather, as shown in Fig. 2.04. Point A = O
is then found at the intersection between propeller
curve 1 (2) and the constant power curve through
M, line 7. In this case point A = O will be equal to
point M.

Continuous operation without limitations is allowed

only within the area limited by lines 4, 5, 7 and 3 of
the load diagram. The area between lines 4 and 1 is
available for operation in shallow waters, heavy
weather and during acceleration, i.e. for non-steady
operation without any strict time limitation.
After some time in operation, the ships hull and
propeller will be fouled too, resulting in heavier
running of the propeller, i.e. the propeller curve will
move to the left from line 6 towards line 2, and extra
power is required for propulsion in order to keep the
ships speed. The extent of heavy running of the
propeller at calm weather condition will indicate the
need for cleaning the hull and possibly polishing the
propeller.

Once point A = O has been found in the layout

diagram, the load diagram can be drawn, as shown
in Fig. 2.05, and hence the actual load limitation lines
of the diesel engine may be found by using the inclinations from the construction lines and the %-figures
stated.
Example 2:
Special running conditions
Engine coupled to FP-propeller without shaft generator

Once the specified MCR and the optimising point

have been chosen, the capacities of the auxiliary
equipment will be adapted to the specified MCR,
and the turbocharger etc. will be matched to the
optimised power.

When the ship accelerates, the propeller will be

subjected to a larger load than during free sailing.
The same is valid when the ship is subjected to an

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.04

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

extra large resistance as, for example, heavy wind

against. In both cases, the engines operating point
will be to the left of the normal operating curve as
the propeller will run heavily.

One solution could be to choose a diesel engine with

an extra cylinder, but another and cheaper solution
is to reduce the electrical power production of the
shaft generator when running in the upper propulsion power range.

In order to avoid exceeding the left-hand limitation

curves 4 and 5 of the load diagram, it may, in certain
cases, be necessary to limit acceleration or to move
the load diagram towards the left. This is possible
by moving the engines optimising point O = A
towards the left and thereby the propeller curve 1
through the optimising point, but at the expense of
Specific Fuel Oil Consumption. An example is
shown in Figs. 2.06 and 2.07.

Thereby the engines needed specified MCR power

can be reduced from point M to point M as shown
in Fig. 2.10. In this case a diesel generator has,
partly or fully, to take over the electrical power
production. However, this will seldom occur, as
ships are rather infrequently running in the upper
propulsion power range.
Line 1 is drawn through point S. Point O = A is found
as the intersection between line 1 and line L1-L3

As will be seen, and compared to the normal case

shown in Example 1, Figs. 2.04 and 2.05, the lefthand limitation line is moved to the left, giving a
wider margin between lines 2 and 4.

Point M is found on line 7 drawn through O = A, at

MPs speed.
The corresponding load diagram is drawn in Fig. 2.11.

Example 3:
Normal running conditions
Engine coupled to FP-propeller with shaft generator

Example 5:
Engine coupled to CP-propeller
With or without shaft generator

Compared to the normal case without a shaft generator, see Example 1, Figs. 2.04 and 2.05, in this
case a shaft generator (SG) is installed, and the
service power of the engine therefore also has to
incorporate the extra power required for the shaft
generators electrical power production.

When a CP-propeller is installed, the relevant combinator curves of the propeller may be a combination of
constant engine speeds and/or propeller curves, and
it is not possible to distinguish between running points
for light and heavy running conditions.

In Fig. 2.08, the engine service curve shown for

fouled hull and heavy weather thus incorporates this
extra power. The optimising point O = A will normally
be chosen on this curve as shown, but can, as an
approximation, be located in point M, and the load
diagram can be drawn as shown in Fig. 2.09.

Therefore, when the engines specified MCR point

(M) has been chosen, including the power for a shaft
generator, if installed, point M may be used as point
O = A of the load diagram, which may then be drawn.
An example is given in Fig. 2.12, which shows two
examples of combinator curves that are both contained within the same load diagram.

Example 4:
Special running conditions
Engine coupled to FP-propeller with shaft generator

Fig. 2.13 contains a layout diagram that can be used

for construction of the load diagram for an actual
project, using the %-figures stated and the inclinations of the lines.

Also in this special case, a shaft generator is installed but, compared to Example 3, this case has
a specified MCR for propulsion MP placed at the top
of the layout diagram, see Fig. 2.10.
This involves that the intended specified MCR of the
engine M will be placed outside the top of the layout
diagram.

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.05

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Line 2

Propulsion curve, fouled hull and heavy weather (heavy running)

Line 6

Propulsion curve, clean hull and calm weather (light running)

MP

Specified MCR for propulsion

SP

Continuous service rating for propulsion

PD

Propeller design point

HR

Heavy running

LR

Light running

Fig. 2.02: Ship propulsion running points and engine layout

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.06

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

100% reference point

Specified MCR

O=A

Optimising point

Line 1
Line 2

Propeller curve though optimising point (i = 3)

Propeller curve, fouled hull and heavy weather heavy running (i = 3)

Line 3

Speed limit

Line 4

Torque/speed limit (i = 2)

Line 5

Mean effective pressure limit (i = 1)

Line 6

Propeller curve, clean hull and calm weather light running

Line 7
Line 8

Power limit for continuous running (i = 0)

Overload limit

Line 9

Sea trial speed limit

Point M to be located on line 7 through point A = O

Fig. 2.03: Engine load diagram

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.07

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Specified MCR of engine

Continuous service rating of engine

O=A

Optimising point of engine

Reference point of load diagram

MP
SP

Specified MCR for propulsion

Continuous service rating of propulsion

Point O = A of load diagram is found:

Line 1

Propeller curve through optimising point (O) is equal to line 2

Line 7

Constant power line through specified MCR (M)

Point O = A Intersection between line 1 and 7

Fig. 2.04: Example 1. Normal running conditions. Engine with FPP, without shaft generator

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.08

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

Specified MCR of engine

Continuous service rating of engine

O=A

Optimising point of engine

Reference point of load diagram

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 2.05: Example 1. Normal running conditions. Engine with FPP, without shaft generator
402 000 004

178 52 99

2.09

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

M
S

Specified MCR of engine

Continuous service rating of engine

O=A

Optimising point of engine

Reference point of load diagram

MP

Specified MCR for propulsion

SP

Continuous service rating for propulsion

Point A = O of load diagram is found:

Line 1

Propeller curve through optimising point (O) is placed to the left of line 2

Line 7

Constant power line through specified MCR (M)

Point A = O Intersection between line 1 and 7

Fig. 2.06: Example 2. Special running conditions. Engine with FPP, without shaft generator

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.10

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

M
S

Specified MCR of engine

Continuous service rating of engine

O=A

Optimising point of engine

Reference point of load diagram

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 2.07: Example 2. Special running conditions. Engine with FPP, without shaft generator

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.11

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Specified MCR of engine

Continuous service rating of engine

O=A

Optimising point of engine

Reference point of load diagram

MP
SP

Specified MCR for propulsion

Continuous service rating for propulsion

SG

Shaft generator power

Point O = A of load diagram is found:

Line 1

Propeller curve through point S (and M)

Line 7

Constant power line through specified MCR (M)

Point O = A Intersection between line 1 and 7

Fig. 2.08: Example 3. Normal running conditions. Engine with FPP, with shaft generator

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.12

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

Specified MCR of engine

Continuous service rating of engine

O=A

Optimising point of engine

A
MP

Reference point of load diagram

Specified MCR for propulsion

SP

Continuous service rating for propulsion

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 2.09: Example 3. Normal running conditions. Engine with FPP, with shaft generator

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.13

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

Specified MCR of engine

Continuous service rating of engine

O=A

Optimising point of engine

Reference point of load diagram

MP

Specified MCR for propulsion

S46MC-C Project Guide

SP

Continuous service rating for propulsion

SG

Shaft generator

Point A and M are found:

Line 1
Propeller curve through Point S
Point A = O Intersection between line 1 and L1- L3
Point M

Located on constant power line 7 through point A = O

Fig. 2.10: Example 4. Special running conditions. Engine with FPP, with shaft generator

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.14

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

Specified MCR of engine

Continuous service rating of engine

O=A
A

Optimising point of engine

Reference point of load diagram

MP

Specified MCR for propulsion

SP

Continuous service rating for propulsion

SG

Shaft generator

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 2.11: Example 4. Special running conditions. Engine with FPP, with shaft generator

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.15

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

M
S

Specified MCR of engine

Continuous service rating of engine

O=A

Optimising point of engine

Reference point of load diagram

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 2.12: Example 5. Engine with Controllable Pitch Propeller (CPP), with or without shaft generator

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.16

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 2.13: Diagram for actual project

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.17

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Specific Fuel Oil Consumption, SFOC

SFOC Guarantee

The calculation of the expected specific fuel oil

consumption (SFOC) can be carried out by means
of Fig. 2.14 for fixed pitch propeller and 2.15 for
controllable pitch propeller and constant speed.
Throughout the whole load area the SFOC of the
engine depends on where the optimising point
O = specified MCR (M) is chosen.

The SFOC guarantee refers to the above ISO reference conditions and lower calorific value, and is
guaranteed for one engine load (power-speed combination), this being the one in which the engine is
optimised (O). The guarantee is given with a margin
of 3%.

Emission Control
SFOC at reference conditions
All MC engines can be delivered so as to comply
with the IMO speed dependant NOx limit, measured
according to ISO 8178 test cycles E2/E3 for Heavy
Duty Diesel Engines.

The SFOC is based on the reference ambient conditions stated in ISO 3046/1-1986:
1,000 mbar ambient air pressure
25 C ambient air temperature
25 C scavenge air cooling water temperature

The NOx emissions from a given engine will vary

according to the engine load and the optimising
power.
SFOC and NOx are interrelated parameters , and an
engine offered with both a guaranteed SFOC and
the IMO NOx limitation will be subject to a tolerance
of 5% on the fuel oil consumption.

and is related to a fuel oil with a lower calorific value

of 10,200 kcal/kg (42,707 kJ/kg).
For lower calorific values and for ambient conditions
that are different from the ISO reference conditions,
the SFOC will be adjusted according to the conversion factors in the below table provided that the
maximum combustion pressure (Pmax) is adjusted
to the nominal value.

Examples of Graphic Calculation of SFOC

Diagram 1 in figs. 2.14 and 2.15 shows the reduction
in SFOC, referred to the SFOC at nominal rated
MCR (L1). The diagrams are valid for engine loads
at 100, 80 and 50% of the optimised/specified MCR
power.

SFOC
Change

Parameter

Condition change

Scav. air
coolant
temperature
Blower inlet
temperature
Blower inlet
pressure
Fuel oil lower
calorific value

per 10 Crise

+ 0.60%

per 10 C rise

+ 0.20%

per 10 mbar rise

- 0.02%

The optimising point O is drawn into Diagram 1 in

the above-mentioned Figs. 2.14 or 2.15, see the
example in Fig. 2.16. A straight line along the constant mep curves (parallel to L1-L3) is drawn through
the optimising point O. The intersection points of the
solid lines indicate the reduction in specific fuel oil
consumption at 100%, 80% and 50% of the optimised/specified MCR power, related to the SFOC
stated for nominal MCR (L1) rating.

rise 1% (42,707kJ/kg) -1.00%

With for instance, a 1C increase of the scavenge

air coolant temperature, a corresponding 1 C increase of the scavenge air temperature will occur.

In diagram 2, Fig. 2.16 an example of the calculated

SFOC curves are made as function of the optimised/specified MCR power (M).

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.18

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Specified MCR (M) = optimsed power (O)

SFOC in g/BHPh at nominal MCR (L1)

S46MC-C
Engine type:
Data at nominal MCR (L1):
100% Power:
100% Speed:
Nominal SFOC:
Data at specified MCR (M):
100% Power:
100% Speed:
SFOC:

128
S46MC-C

129
128

BHP
r/min
g/BHPh
BHP
r/min
g/BHPh

Fig. 2.14: SFOC for engine with fixed pitch propeller

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.19

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Specified MCR (M) = optimsed power (O)

SFOC in g/BHPh at nominal MCR (L1)

S46MC-C
Engine type:
Data at nominal MCR (L1):
100% Power:
100% Speed:
Nominal SFOC:

128
S46MC-C

129
128

Data at specified MCR (M):

100% Power:
100% Speed:
SFOC:

BHP
r/min
g/BHPh

BHP
r/min
g/BHPh

Fig. 2.15: SFOC for engine with constant speed

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.20

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Specified MCR (M) = optimsed power (O)

SFOC in g/BHPh at nominal MCR (L1)

S46MC-C

128

Engine type:
Data at nominal MCR (L1):
100% Power:
100% Speed:
Nominal SFOC:

6S46MC-C
10,710 BHP
129 r/min
128 g/BHPh

Data at specified MCR (M):

100% Power:
100% Speed:
SFOC:

8,568 BHP
116.1 r/min
125.8 g/BHPh

Fig. 2.16: SFOC for engine with fixed pitch propeller

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.21

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 2.17

Fuel Consumption at an Arbitrary Load

Once the engine has been optimised in point O,
Fig. 2.17, the specific fuel oil consumption in an
arbitrary point S1, S2 or S3 can be estimated based
on the SFOC in points 1 and 2.

The SFOC curve through points S2, to the left of

point 1, is symmetrical about point 1, i.e. at speeds
lower than that of point 1, the SFOC will also increase.

These SFOC values can be calculated by using the

graphs in Fig. 2.14 for the propeller curve I and
Fig. 2.15 for the constant speed curve II, obtaining
the SFOC in points 1 and 2, respectively.

The above-mentioned method provides only an approximate figure. A more precise indication of the
expected SFOC at any load can be calculated by
using our computer program. This is a service which
is available to our customers on request.

Then the SFOC for point S1 can be calculated as an

interpolation between the SFOC in points 1 and
2, and for point S3 as an extrapolation.

402 000 004

178 52 99

2.22

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

3 Turbocharger Choice
Turbochargers makes

Turbocharger types

The MC engines are designed for the application of

the following makes of turbochargers: MAN B&W,
Asea Brown Boveri, Ltd. (ABB) or Mitsubishi Heavy
Industries, Ltd. (MHI)

The relevant type designations of the turbochargers

applied on these engines are stated in Fig. 3.01.
Cyl.
4
5
6
7
8

As standard, the engine is equipped with one turbocharger located on the aft end (4 59 121).
The S46MC-C type engine can, as an option: 4 59
123, be supplied with turbocharger(s) located on the
exhaust side at extra cost.

MAN B&W
1 x NA40/S
1 x NA48/S
1 x NA48/S
1 x NA57/T9
1 x NA57/T9

ABB
1 x VTR 454
1 x VTR 454
1 x VTR 564
1 x VTR 564
1 x VTR 564

MHI
1x MET42SD
1x MET53SD
1x MET53SD
1x MET66SD
1 x MET66SD

Fig. 3.01: Turbocharger types

In order to clean the turbine blades and the nozzle

ring assembly during operation, the exhaust gas
inlet to the turbocharger is provided with a dry soft
blast cleaning system using nut shells on all makes
and water washing on MAN B&W and ABB types.

For other layout points than L1, the number or size

of turbochargers may be different, depending on the
point at which the engine is to be optimised.
Fig. 3.02 shows the approximate limits for application of the MAN B&W turbochargers, Fig. 3.03 for
the ABB turbochargers and Fig. 3.04 for the MHI
turbochargers.

459 100 250

178 53 01

3.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 3.02: Choice of turbochargers, make MAN B&W

459 100 250

178 53 01

3.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 3.03a: Choice of turbochargers, make ABB

459 100 250

178 53 01

3.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 3.03b: Choice of high efficiency turbochargers, make ABB

459 100 250

178 53 01

3.04

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 3.04: Choice of turbochargers, make MHI

459 100 250

178 53 01

3.05

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Cut-Off or By-Pass of Exhaust Gas

The advantages are:

The exhaust gas can be cut-off or by-passed round

the turbochargers using either of the following four
systems.

Reduced SFOC if one turbocharger is cut out

Reduced heat load on essential engine compo-

nents, due to increased scavenge air pressure.

This results in less maintenance and lower spare
parts requirements

Turbocharger cut-out system

Option: 4 60 110

The increased scavenge air pressure permits run-

ning without auxiliary blowers down to 20-30% of

specified MCR, instead of 30-40%, thus saving
electrical power

This system, Fig. 3.05, can be profitably introduced

on constant pressure turbocharged engines with
two turbochargers if the engine is to operate for
long periods at loads of about 50% of the optimised
power or below.

The saving in SFOC at 50% of optimised power is

about 1-2 g/BHPh, while larger savings in SFOC are
obtainable at lower loads.

Fig. 3.05: Position of turbocharger cut-out valves

Fig. 3.06: By-pass flange on exhaust gas receiver

459 100 250

178 53 01

3.06

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Valve(s) for partial by-pass

Option: 4 60 117

Total by-pass for emergency running

Option: 4 60 119

Valve(s) for partial by-pass of the exhaust gas round

the high efficiency turbocharger(s) can be used in
order to obtain improved SFOC at part loads. For
engine loads above 50% of optimised power, the
turbocharger allows part of the exhaust gas to be
by-passed round the turbocharger, giving an increased exhaust temperature to the exhaust gas
boiler.

By-pass of the total amount of exhaust gas round

the turbocharger is only used for emergency running
in case of turbocharger failure.
This enables the engine to run at a higher load than
with a locked rotor under emergency conditions.
The engines exhaust gas receiver will in this case
be fitted with a by-pass flange of the same diameter
as the inlet pipe to the turbocharger. The emergency
pipe is the yards delivery.

At loads below 50% of optimised power, the bypass closes automatically and the turbocharger
works under improved conditions with high efficiency. Furthermore, the limit for activating the
auxiliary blowers decreases correspondingly.

Fig. 3.07: Valve for partial by-pass

Fig. 3.08: Total by-pass of exhaust gas for emergency running

459 100 250

178 53 01

3.07

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

4 Main Engine Driven Generators (PTO)

Introduction

Positioning of PTO

Next to power for propulsion electricity production

is the largest fuel consumer on board. The electricity
is produced by using one or more of the following
types of machinery, either running alone or in parallel:

Within each PTO system, several designs are available, depending on the positioning of the gear:
BW I: Attached fore end gear
Gear with a vertical generator mounted onto the
fore end of the diesel engine, without any connections to the ship structure .

Auxiliary diesel generating sets

Main engine driven generators

BW II: Free-standing fore end gear

A free-standing gear mounted on the tank top and
connected to the fore end of the diesel engine,
with a vertical or horizontal generator.

Steam driven turbogenerators

Emergency diesel generating sets

BW III: Attached side-mounted gear

A crankshaft gear mounted onto the fore end of
the diesel engine, with a side-mounted generator
without any connections to the ship structure.

The machinery installed should be selected based

on an economical evaluation of first cost, operating
costs, and the demand of man-hours for maintenance.

BW IV: Tunnel gear

A free-standing step-up gear connected to the
intermediate shaft, with a horizontal generator.

Power Take Off (PTO)

With a generator coupled to a Power Take Off (PTO)
from the main engine, the electricity can be produced based on the main engines low SFOC and
use of heavy fuel oil. Several standardised PTO
systems are available, see Fig. 4.01 and the designations on Fig. 4.02:

On the S46MC-C engines, special attention has to

be paid to the space requirements for the BWIII
system, if the turbocharger optionally is located on
the exhaust side.

Types of PTO
PTO/RCF
(Power Take Off/Renk Constant Frequency):
Generator giving constant frequency, based on
mechanical-hydraulical speed control.
PTO/CFE
(Power Take Off/Constant Frequency Electrical):
Generator coupled to a constant ratio step-up
gear and with electrical frequency control.
PTO/GCR
(Power Take Off/Gear Constant Ratio):
Generator coupled to a constant ratio step-up
gear, used only for engines running at constant
speed.

485 600 100

178 53 02

4.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Design

Seating

Total effiency

1a

1b

BW I/RCF

At engine
(vertical generator)

88 -91

2a

2b

BW II/RCF

On tank top

88 - 91

3a

3b

BW III/RCF

At engine

88 - 91

4a

4b

BW IV/RCF

On tank top

88 - 91

5a

5b

BW I/CFE

At engine
(vertical generator)

81 - 85

6a

6b

BW II/CFE

On tank top

81 - 85

7a

7b

BW III/CFE

At engine

81 - 85

8a

8b

BW IV/CFE

On tank top

81 - 85

9a

9b

SMG/CFE

On tank top

84 - 88

10

BW I/GCR

At engine
(vertical generator)

92

11

BW II/GCR

On tank top

92

12

BW III/GCR

At engine

92

13

BW IV/GCR

On tank top

92

PTO/GCR

PTO/CFE

PTO/RCF

Alternative generator positioning

BW III/RCF (3b), BW II/GCR (11) and BW III/GCR (12) are our standard solutions, all others are available on request
Fig. 4.01: Types of PTO

485 600 100

178 53 02

4.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

Power take off:

BW

S46MC-C Project Guide

PTO

III S46-C/RCF 1200-60

50: 50 Hz
60: 60 Hz
kW on generator terminals
RCF: Renk constant frequency unit
GCR: Step-up gear with constant ratio
Engine type on which it is applied
Positioning of PTO: See Fig. 4.01
Make: MAN B&W

Fig. 4.02: Designation of PTO

485 600 100

178 53 02

4.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

PTO/RCF

Fig. 4.03 shows the principles of the PTO/RCF arrangement. As can be seen, a step-up gear box
(called crankshaft gear) with three gear wheels is
bolted directly to the frame box of the main engine.
The bearings of the three gear wheels are mounted
in the gear box so that the weight of the wheels is
not carried by the crankshaft. In the frame box,
between the crankcase and the gear drive, space is
available for tuning wheel, counterweights, axial
vibration damper, etc.

Power Take Off/Renk Constant Frequency

Side mounted generator, BWIII/RCF
(Fig. 4.01, Alternative 3)
The PTO/RCF generator systems have been developed in close cooperation with the German gear
manufacturer Renk. A complete package solution is
offered, comprising a flexible coupling, a step-up
gear, an epicyclic, variable-ratio gear with built-in
clutch, hydraulic pump and motor, and a standard
generator, see Fig. 4.03.

The first gear wheel is connected to the crankshaft

via a special flexible coupling made in one piece
with a tooth coupling driving the crankshaft gear,
thus isolating it against torsional and axial vibrations.

For marine engines with controllable pitch propellers running at constant engine speed, the hydraulic
system can be dispensed with, i.e. a PTO/GCR
design is normally used.

Fig. 4.03: Power Take Off with Renk constant frequency gear: BWIII/RCF, option: 4 85 204

485 600 100

178 53 02

4.04

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

By means of a simple arrangement, the shaft in the

crankshaft gear carrying the first gear wheel and the
female part of the toothed coupling can be moved
forward, thus disconnecting the two parts of the
toothed coupling.

severity and the extent of deviation from the permissible values. The cause of a warning or an alarm
is shown on a digital display.

Extent of delivery for BWIII/RCF units

The power from the crankshaft gear is transferred,
via a multi-disc clutch, to an epicyclic variable-ratio
gear and the generator. These are mounted on a
common bedplate, bolted to brackets integrated
with the engine bedplate.

The delivery comprises a complete unit ready to be

built-on to the main engine. Fig. 4.04 shows the
required space and the standard electrical output
range on the generator terminals.
Standard sizes of generators in kW are:

The BWIII/RCF unit is an epicyclic gear with a hydrostatic superposition drive. The hydrostatic input
drives the annulus of the epicyclic gear in either
direction of rotation, hence continuously varying the
gearing ratio to keep the generator speed constant
throughout an engine speed variation of 30%. In the
standard layout, this is between 100% and 70% of
the engine speed at specified MCR, but it can be
placed in a lower range if required.

1200
700
These standard sizes have been chosen to cover the
requirements most often seen in the market, but
they are not an expression of the maximum sizes
that can be fitted.

The input power to the gear is divided into two paths

one mechanical and the other hydrostatic and the
epicyclic differential combines the power of the two
paths and transmits the combined power to the output
shaft, connected to the generator. The gear is equipped
with a hydrostatic motor driven by a pump, and controlled by an electronic control unit. This keeps the
generator speed constant during single running as
well as when running in parallel with other generators.
The multi-disc clutch, integrated into the gear input
shaft, permits the engaging and disengaging of the
epicyclic gear, and thus the generator, from the
main engine during operation.

In the case that a larger generator is required, please

contact MAN B&W Diesel A/S.
If a main engine speed other than the nominal is
required as a basis for the PTO operation, this must
be taken into consideration when determining the ratio
of the crankshaft gear. However, this has no influence
on the space required for the engine and generator.
Furthermore, it should be mentioned that the
PTO/RCF can be operated as a motor, -a Power
Take In (PTI) as well as a generator by adding some
minor modifications.
Yard deliveries are:
1. Cooling water pipes to the built-on lubricating oil
cooling system, including the valves.

An electronic control system with a Renk controller

ensures that the control signals to the main electrical switchboard are identical to those for the normal
auxiliary generator sets. This applies to ships with
automatic synchronising and load sharing, as well
as to ships with manual switchboard operation.

2. Electrical power supply to the lubricating oil

stand-by pump built on to the RCF unit.

Internal control circuits and interlocking functions

between the epicyclic gear and the electronic
control box provide automatic control of the functions necessary for the satisfactory operation and
protection of the BWIII/RCF unit. If any monitored
value exceeds the normal operation limits, a warning or an alarm is given depending upon the origin,

485 600 100

3. Wiring between the generator and the operator

control panel in the switch-board.

178 53 02

4.05

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

4. An external permanent lubricating oil filling-up

connection can be established to the RCF unit. The
system is shown in Fig. 4.07 Lubricating oil system
for RCF gear. The dosage tank and the pertaining
piping are to be delivered by the yard. The size of
the dosage tank is stated in the table for RCF gear
in Necessary capacities for PTO/RCF Fig. 4.06.

Additional capacities required for BWIII/RCF

The capacities stated in the List of capacities for
the main engine in question are to be increased by
the additional capacities for the crankshaft gear and
the RCF gear stated in Fig. 4.06.

The necessary preparations to be made on the

engine are specified in Figs. 4.05a and 4.05b.

485 600 100

178 53 02

4.06

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

kW Generator
700-60

1200-60

2326

2326

776

776

2986

2986

3386

3386

1826

1946

2090

2090

2368

2875

380

470
System weight (kg) with generator:

22750

26500

System weight (kg) without generator:

20750

23850

Space requirement has to be investigatet on plants with the turbocharger on the exhaust side
Space requirements for a larger generator has to be investigated case by case
Dimension H:

This is only valid for A. van Kaick generator type DGS, enclosure IP23,
frequency = 60 Hz, r/min = 1800

Fig. 4.04: Space requirement for side mounted generator PTO/RCF type BWIII S46-C/RCF

485 600 100

178 53 02

4.07

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 4.05a: Engine preparations for PTO.

485 600 100

178 53 02

4.08

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

Pos.
Pos.
Pos.

1
2
3

Pos.
Pos.
Pos.
Pos.
Pos.
Pos.
Pos.
Pos.
Pos.
Pos.
Pos.
Pos.
Pos.
Pos.

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

Pos.
Pos.
Pos.
Pos.
Pos.
Pos.
Pos.
Pos.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

S46MC-C Project Guide

Special face on bedplate and frame box

Ribs and brackets for supporting the face and machined blocks for alignment of gear
Machined washers placed on frame box part of face to ensure that it is flush with the face on the
bedplate
Rubber gasket placed on frame box part of face
Intermediate flange
Studs and nuts for mounting the intermediate flange at the crankshaft flange
Distance tubes and long bolts
Flange of crankshaft, normally the standard execution is used
Studs and nuts for crankshaft flange
Free flange end at lubricating oil inlet pipe
Oil outlet flange welded to bedplate
Face for brackets
Brackets
Studs for mounting the brackets
Studs, nuts and shims for mounting of RCF-/generator unit on the brackets
Shims, studs and nuts for connection between crankshaft gear and RCF-/generator unit
Engine cover with lubricating oil drain and connecting bolts to bedplate/frame box for mounting
on engine before mounting of PTO
Intermediate shaft between crankshaft and PTO
Oil sealing for intermediate shaft
Engine cover with hole for intermediate shaft and connecting bolts to bedplate/frame box
Plug box for electronic measuring instrument for check of condition of axial vibration damper
Face on engine frame for supporting stays on engine frame
Supporting stays
Studs, nuts and shims for mounting the stays on engine frame
Studs, nuts and shims for mounting the stays on the engine brackets

Engine preparations for PTO type:

Pos. no:
BWIII/RCF
BWIII/GCR, BWIII/CFE
BWII/RCF
BWII/GCR, BWII/CFE
BWI/RCF
BWI/GCR, BWI/CFE

1
A
A

2
A
A

3
A
A

4
A
A

5
A
A

6
A
A

7
B
B

A
A

A
A

A
A

A
A

A
A

A
A

B
B

8
A
A
A
A
A
A

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
B A A A A A B B
B A A A A A B B
A
A
B
B A A

17 18 19 20
A
A
A A A
A A A
A
A

21 22 23 24 25
A A A A A
A A A A A
A
A
A
A

A: Preparations to be carried out by engine builder

B: Parts supplied by PTO maker

Fig. 4.05b: Necessary preparations to be made on engine for mounting PTO (to be decided when ordering the engine)

485 600 100

178 53 02

4.09

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Crankshaft gear lubricated from the main engine lubricating oil system
The figures are to be added to the main engine capacity list
Nominal output of generator
Lubricating oil flow
Heat dissipation

kW

700

1200

m3/h

4.1

4.1

kW

12.1

19.1

RCF gear with separate lubricating oil system

Nominal output of generator

kW

700

1200

m3/h

14.0

20.4

Heat dissipation

kW

55

85

El. power for oil pump

kW

11.0

15.0

Dosage oil tank capacity

m3

0.40

Cooling water quantity

0.51
24V DC 10%, 8 amp

El. power for Renk-controller

From main engine:

Design lub. oil pressure: 2.25 bar
Lub. oil pressure at crankshaft gear: min. 1 bar
Lub. oil working temperature: 50 C
Lub. oil type: SAE 30

Cooling water inlet temperature: 36 C

Cooling water pressure: The same as the main engines cooling water pressure
Fill pipe for lub. oil system store tank (~32)
Drain pipe to lub. oil system drain tank (~40)
Electric cable between Renk terminal at gearbox and
operator control panel in switchboard: Cable type FMGCG 19 x 2 x 0.5

Fig. 4.06: Necessary capacities for PTO/RCF, BWIII/RCF system

485 600 100

178 53 02

4.10

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

The letters refer to the List of flanges, which will be

extended by the engine builder, when PTO systems are
built on the main engine

Fig. 4.07: Lubricating oil system for RCF gear

485 600 100

178 53 02

4.11

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

PTO/BW IV/GCR
Power Take Off/Gear Constant Ratio

additional electrical equipment for maintaining the

constant frequency of the generated electric power
(Fig. 4.01 alternative 4 and 8).

The shaft generator system, type PTO BW IV/GCR,

installed in the shaft line (Fig. 4.01 alternative 13) can
generate power on board ships equipped with a
controllable pitch propeller running at constant
speed.

Tunnel gear with hollow flexible coupling

This PTO-system is normally installed on ships with
a minor electrical power take off load compared to
the propulsion power, up to approximately 25% of
the engine power.

The PTO-system can be delivered as a tunnel gear

with hollow flexible coupling or alternatively as generator step-up gear with flexible coupling integrated
in the shaft line.

The hollow flexible coupling is therefore to be

dimensioned for the maximum electrical load of the
power take off system and this is an economic
advantage for minor power take off loads compared
to an ordinary flexible coupling integrated in the
shaft line.

The main engine needs no special preparation for

mounting these types of PTO systems as they are
connected to the intermediate shaft.
The PTO-system installed in the shaft line can also
be installed on ships equipped with a fixed pitch
propeller or controllable pitch propeller running in
combinator mode. This will, however, also require
an additional Renk Constant Frequency gear or

The hollow flexible coupling consists of flexible segments and connecting pieces, which allow replacement of the flexible segments in the flexible coupling
without dismounting the shaft line see Fig. 4.08.

Fig. 4.08: BW IV/GCR, tunnel gear

485 600 100

178 53 02

4.12

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Generator step-up gear and flexible coupling

integrated in the shaft line

Power Take Off/Gear Constant Ratio,

PTO/BW II/GCR

For higher power take off loads, it is recommendable to install a generator step-up gear and flexible
coupling integrated direct in the shaft line, due to
first costs of gear and coupling.

The system Fig. 4.01 alternative11 can generate

electrical power on board ships equipped with a
controllable pitch propeller, running at constant
speed.

The flexible coupling integrated in the shaft line will

transfer the total engine load for both propulsion
and must be dimensioned accordingly.

The PTO unit is mounted on the tank top at the fore

end of the engine and, by virtue of its short and
compact design, it requires a minimum of installation space, see Fig. 4.09. The PTO generator is
activated at sea, taking over the electrical power
production on board when the main engine speed
has stabilised at a level corresponding to the generator frequency required on board.

The flexible coupling can not transfer the thrust from

the propeller and it therefore is necessary to install
an external thrust bearing in the gear-box or the
shaft line.
This PTO-system is typically installed on ships with
large electrical power consumption, e.g. shuttle tankers.

The BW II/GCR cannot, as standard, be mechanically disconnected from the main engine, but a
hydraulically activated clutch, including hydraulic
pump, control valve and control panel, can be fitted
as an option.

Fig. 4.09: Space requirements for BW II/GCR

485 600 100

178 53 02

4.13

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Installation Aspects

Installation Aspects
Space requirement for the engine
Overhaul with double jib crane
Engine outline
Centre of gravity
Water and oil in engine
Gallery ouline
Engine pipe connections
List of counterflanges
Arrangement of holding down bolts
Profile of engine seating
Top bracing
Earthing device

400 000 050

178 50 15

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

5 Installation Aspects
The figures shown in this chapter are intended as an
aid at the project stage. The data is subject to
change without notice, and binding data is to be
given by the engine builder in the Installation Documentation mentioned in Chapter 10.

to the lower edge of the deck beam, see note E in

Figs. 5.01a and 5.01b.

Space Requirements for the Engine

The overhaul tools for the engine are designed to be

used with a crane hook according to DIN 15400,
June 1990, material class M and load capacity 1Am
and dimensions of the single hook type according
to DIN 15401, part 1.

The space requirements stated in Figs. 5.01a and

5.01b are valid for engines rated at nominal MCR
(L1) with turbochargers located on aft end or on the
exhaust side of the engine.
Additional space needed for engines equipped with
PTO is stated in Chapter 4.

2 x 1.0 ton double jib crane can be used for the

S46MC-C engine as this crane has been individually
designed for the engine.

Engine Outline

If, during the project stage, the outer dimensions of

the turbocharger seem to cause problems, it is
possible, for the same number of cylinders, to use
turbochargers with smaller dimensions by increasing the indicated number of turbochargers by one.

The total length of the engine at the crankshaft level

may vary depending on the equipment to be fitted
on the fore end of the engine, such as adjustable
counterweights, tuning wheel, moment compensators PTO, which are shown as alternatives in Fig.
5.04.

Overhaul of Engine

Transparent outline drawings in scale 1:100 and

1:200 are included in section 11.

The distances stated from the centre of the crankshaft to the crane hook are for vertical or tilted lift,
see note F in Figs. 5.01a and 5.01b.
The capacity of a normal engine room crane has to
be minimum 2 tons.
The area covered by the engine room crane shall be
wide enough to reach any heavy spare part required
in the engine room see Fig. 5.02. A special crane
beam shall be fitted for overhaul of the turbocharger, see Fig. 5.01c. The weight is stated in
Dispatch pattern in saction 9.
A lower overhaul height is, however, available by
using the MAN B&W double-jib crane, built by Danish Crane Building ApS, shown in Figs. 5.03a and
5.03b.

Engine Masses and Centre of Gravity

The partial and total engine masses appear from
Chapter 9, Dispatch Pattern, to which the masses
of water and oil in the engine, Fig. 5.06, are to be
added. The centre of gravity is shown in Fig. 5.05,
including the water and oil in the engine, but without
moment compensators or PTO.

Gallery Outline
Fig. 5.07 shows the gallery outline for engines rated
at nominal MCR (L1).

Please note that the distance given by using a

double-jib crane is from the centre of the crankshaft

430 100 030

178 53 03

5.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

Engine Pipe Connections
The position of the external pipe connections on the
engine are stated in Fig. 5.08, and the corresponding lists of counterflanges for pipes and turbocharger in Figs. 5.09 and 5.10, respectively.
The flange connection on the turbocharger gas outlet is rectangular, but a transition piece to a circular
form can be supplied as an option: 4 60 601.

Engine Seating and Arrangement of

Holding Down Bolts
The dimensions of the seating are stated in Fig.
5.11.
The engine is basically mounted on epoxy chocks
4 82 102 in which case the underside of the bedplates lower flanges has no taper.
The epoxy types approved by MAN B&W Diesel A/S
are:
Chockfast Orange PR 610 TCF
from ITW Philadelphia Resins Corporation, USA,
and
Epocast 36"
from H.A. Springer Kiel, Germany
The engine may alternatively, be mounted on cast
iron chocks (solid chocks 4 82 101), in which case
the underside of the bedplates lower flanges is with
taper 1:100.

Top Bracing
The so-called guide force moments are caused by
the transverse reaction forces acting on the crossheads due to the connecting rod/crankshaft mechanism. When the piston of a cylinder is not exactly
in its top or bottom position, the gas force from the
combustion, transferred through the connecting rod
will have a component acting on the crosshead and
the crankshaft perpendicularly to the axis of the
cylinder. Its resultant is acting on the guide shoe (or
piston skirt in the case of a trunk engine), and
together they form a guide force moment.

S46MC-C Project Guide

The moments may excite engine vibrations moving
the engine top athwartships and causing a rocking
(excited by H-moment) or twisting (excited by
X-moment) movement of the engine.
For engines with fewer than seven cylinders, this
guide force moment tends to rock the engine in
transverse direction, and for engines with seven
cylinders or more, it tends to twist the engine. Both
forms are shown in the chapter dealing with vibrations. The guide force moments are harmless to the
engine, however, they may cause annoying vibrations in the superstructure and/or engine room, if
proper countermeasures are not taken.
As this system is difficult to calculate with adequate
accuracy, MAN B&W Diesel recommend that top
bracing is installed between the engines upper
platform brackets and the casing side.
The top bracing is designed as a stiff connection
which allows adjustment in accordance with the
loading conditions of the ship.
Without top bracing, the natural frequency of the
vibrating system comprising engine, ships bottom,
and ships side, is often so low that resonance with
the excitation source (the guide force moment) can
occur close to the normal speed range, resulting in
the risk of vibration.
With top bracing, such a resonance will occur above
the normal speed range, as the top bracing increases the natural frequency of the above-mentioned vibrating system.
The top bracing is normally placed on the exhaust
side of the engine (4 83 110), but it can alternatively
be placed on the camshaft side, option: 4 83 111,
see Fig. 5.13.
The top bracing is to be made by the shipyard in
accordance with MAN B&W instructions.

430 100 030

178 53 03

5.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Mechanical top bracing

The mechanical top bracing, option: 4 83 112
shown in Fig. 5.14 comprises stiff connections
(links) with friction plates.
The forces and deflections for calculating the transverse top bracings connection to the hull structure
are:
Force per bracing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 kN
Maximum horizontal deflection at the
links points of attachment to the hull . . . 0.25 mm
Tightening force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 kN

Earthing Device
In some cases, it has been found that the difference
in the electrical potential between the hull and the
propeller shaft (due to the propeller being immersed
in seawater) has caused spark erosion on the main
bearings and journals of the engine.
A potential difference of less than 80 mV is harmless
to the main bearings so, in order to reduce the
potential between the crankshaft and the engine
structure (hull), and thus prevent spark erosion, we
recommend the installation of a highly efficient earthing device.
The sketch Fig. 5.15 shows the layout of such an
earthing device, i.e. a brush arrangement which is
able to keep the potential difference below 50 mV.
We also recommend the installation of a shaft-hull
mV-meter so that the potential, and thus the correct
functioning of the device, can be checked.

430 100 030

178 53 03

5.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Normal centreline distance for twin engine installation:

5150 mm.
Cyl. No.
4
5
6
min. 4746 5528 6310
A
max. 5096 5878 6660
B

7
7092
7442

3012 3382 3520

2927 3202 3471

3787
3608

3004 3024 3059

3084

7850

8600
8075
2100
5900 5900
1550 1550
320
-

G
H
I
J
N
O
R
S
V
K1)

The dimensions are given in mm and are for guidance

only. If the dimensions cannot be fulfilled, please contact
MAN B&W Diesel A/S or our local representative

8
7874 Fore end: A min. shows basic engine
A max. shows engine with built on tuning wheel
8224 For PTO see corresponding Space requirement
MAN B&W and ABB
With top bracing
turbochargers
4062 MAN B&W turbocharger Dimensions according to Turbocharger
choice at nominal MCR
3883 ABB turbocharger
The dimension includes a cofferdam af 600 mm and must fufil minimum
3164
height to tanktop according to classification rules
The distance from crankshaft centreline to lower edge of deck beam, when
using MAN B&W double jib crane, see MAN B&W double jib crane
Vertical lift of piston with piston rod passes between cylinder cover studs
Tilted lift of piston with piston rod passes between cylinder cover studs
See Top bracing arrangement, if top bracing fitted on camshaft side
MAN B&W turbocharger Dimensions according to Turbocharger
choice at nominal MCR
ABB turbocharger
MAN B&W turbocharger Dimensions according to Turbocharger
choice at nominal MCR
ABB turbocharger
Space for tightening control of holding down bolts
The dimensions cover required space and hook travelling width for
turbocharger

Be aware of T/C angle in the case that MAN B&W double jib crane is
used and in case of low headroom above the turbocharger
K1) Must be equal to or larger than the propeller shaft, if the propeller shaft is to be drawn into the engine room
0,15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 90

Fig.5.01a: Space requirement for the engine, turbocharger located on aft end (4 59 121)
Rev.1

430 100 034

178 53 04

5.04

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Normal centreline distance for twin engine installation:

5800 mm.
Cyl. No.

4746 5528 6310

7
7092

max. 5096 5878 6660

7442

min.

4000

2729 3021 3121

2647 2847 3074

3347
3174

3004 3024 3059

3084

7850

F
G
H
J
V
K1)

The dimensions are given in mm and are for guidance

only. If the dimensions cannot be fulfilled, please
contact MAN B&W Diesel A/S or our local representative

8
7874 Fore end: A min. shows basic engine
A max. shows engine with built on tuning wheel
8224 For PTO see corresponding Space requirement
MAN B&W
The required space to the engine room casing
turbocharger NA48/S
includes top bracing
3547 MAN B&W turbocharger Dimensions according to Turbocharger
choice at nominal MCR
3374 ABB turbocharger
The dimension includes a cofferdam af 600 mm and must fufil minimum
3164
height to tanktop according to classification rules
The distance from crankshaft centreline to lower edge of deck beam, when
using MAN B&W double jib crane, see MAN B&W double jib crane

8600
8075
2100
5170 5170
320

Vertical lift of piston with piston rod passes between cylinder cover studs
Tilted lift of piston with piston rod passes between cylinder cover studs
See Top bracing arrangement, if top bracing fitted on camshaft side
MAN B&W turbocharger Dimensions according to Turbocharger
ABB turbocharger
choice at nominal MCR
Space for tightening control of holding down bolts
Be aware of T/C angle in the case that MAN B&W double jib crane is
15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 90
used and in case of low headroom above the turbocharger.
K1) Must be equal to or larger than the propeller shaft, if the propeller shaft is to be drawn into the engine room

Fig.5.01b: Space requirement for the engine, turbocharger located on exhaust side, option: 4 59 121
Rev.1

430 100 034

178 53 04

5.05

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

MAN B&W turbocharger related figures
Type
Units

NA34

NA40

NA48

NA57

kg

1000

1000

1000

2000

HB

mm

1200

1300

1700

1800

ABB turbocharger related figures

Type
Units

VTR354 VTR454 VTR564 VTR714

kg

1000

1000

2000

3000

HB

mm

1100

1400

1700

2200

MHI turbocharger related figures

Type
Units MET42SD MET53SD MET66SD MET83SD
MET42SE MET53SE MET66SE MET83SE

For the overhaul of a turbocharger, a crane beam

with trolleys is required at each end of the turbocharger.

kg

1000

1500

2500

5000

HB

mm

1100

1200

1800

2200

The table indicates the position of the crane beam in

the vertical level related to the centre of the turbocharger.
The crane beam location in horizontal direction

Two trolleys are to be available at the compressor

end and one trolley is needed at the gas inlet end.

*) Engines with the turbocharger located on the aft

end of engine (4 59 121).
The letter a indicates the distance between
vertical centrelines of the aft cylinder and the
turbocharger.
The figures a are stated on the Engine Outline
drawing

The crane beam can be omitted if the main engine

room crane also covers the turbocharger area.
The crane beam is used for lifting the following
components:

*) Engines with the turbocharger(s) located on the

exhaust side, option: 4 59 123.
The letter a indicates the distance between
vertical centrelines of the engine and the
turbocharger(s).

- Exhaust gas inlet casing

- Turbocharger silencer
- Compressor casing
- Turbine rotor with bearings
The sketch shows a turbocharger and a crane beam
that can lift the components mentioned.
The crane beam(s) is/are to be located in relation to
the turbocharger(s) so that the components around
the gas outlet casing can be removed in connection
with overhaul of the turbocharger(s).

The crane beam can be bolted to brackets that are

fastened to the ship structure or to columns that are
located on the top platform of the engine.
The lifting capacity of the crane beam is indicated
in the table for the various turbocharger makes. The
crane beam shall be dimensioned for lifting the
wieght W with a deflection of some 5 mm only.

Fig. 5.01c: Crane beams for overhaul of turbocharger

Rev.1

430 100 034

178 53 04

5.06

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

1)

S46MC-C Project Guide

At minimum overhaul height the piston rod passes between the cylinder cover studs when the piston is
transferred to the engine gallery
The hatched area shows the height where an MAN B&W Double Jib Crane has to be used

2)

Fig. 5.02: Engine room crane

Piston with stuffing

box

Normal crane

MAN B&W
Duble Jib
Crane

A
Minimum distance
in mm

B1/B2
Minimum heigh

C
Minimum height
from centreline
crankshaft to
underside deck
beam

D
Additional height
which makes
overhaul of exhaust
valve feasible
withaut removal of
any studs

S46MC-C

Building-in height in mm when using

MAN B&W Double Jib Crane

Cylinder liner with

cooling jacket

Engine
type

Crane capacity
in tons

Cylinder cover
complete with
exhaust valve

Weight in kg inclusive
lifting tools

Height in mm
when using
normal crane
(Vertical lift of
piston/Tilted lift
of piston)

1450

1625

850

2 x 1.0

2100

8600/8075

7850

525

The crane hook travelling area must cover at least

the full lenght of the engine and a width in accordance with dimension A given on Fig. 5.02.

The crane hook should at least be able to reach

down to a level corresponding to the centreline of
the crankshaft.

It is furthermore recommended that the engine room

crane can be used for transport of heavy spare parts
from the engine room hatch to the spare part stores
and to the engine.
See example on Fig. 5.02.

For overhaul of the turbocharger(s) a trolley

mounted chain hoists must be installed on a separate beam or, alternatively, in combination with the
engine room crane structure, see Fig. 5.01c.

Rev.1

430 100 034

178 53 04

5.07

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Deck beam
MAN B&W
double-jib crane

The double-jib crane

can be delivered by:
Danish Crane Building A.p.S.
Tyvedalsgade 21
DK-9240 Nibe, Denmark
Telephone: + 45 98 35 31 33
Telefax:
+ 45 98 35 30 33
Telex:
60172 excon dk

Centre line of crankshaft

Fig. 5.03a: Overhaul with double-jib crane

488 701 050

178 53 06

5.08

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

This crane is adapted to the special tools for low overhaul

Fig. 5.03b: MAN B&W double-jib crane 2 x 1,0 t, option: 4 88 701

488 701 010

178 53 05

5.09

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

Types of
fore end

Typical for
cylinder No.

S46MC-C Project Guide

Space demand
valid for

7-8

II

4-5-6

2nd order moment compensator

4-5-6

2nd order moment compensator and tuning

wheel

III

On engines equipped with PTO, special

measuring equipment is required

Basic design

Fig. 5.04a: Engine outline, with one turbocharger on aft end

483 100 084

178 50 30

5.10

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

MAN
B&W

ABB
MHI

S46MC-C Project Guide

Turbocharger type

Cyl. No.

LI

LII

LIII

NA40/S

2346

4727

4877

5077

NA48/S

1550

5900

300

3128

5509

5659

5859

NA57/T9

3910

6291

6441

6641

VTR454

4692

7073

7223

7423

VTR564

5474

7855

8005

8205

MET53SD

MET66SD

Please note:
* The ABB turbochargers can be of the VTR...E or VTR...D type, which will be decided case by case.
The outer dimensions are however the same for both specifications.
The dimensions are in mm and subject to revision without notice

Fig. 5.04b: Engine outline, with one turbocharger on aft end

483 100 084

178 50 30

5.11

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

The masses are stated on Dispatch pattern page 9.08

For engines with one turbocharger
No. of cylinders

Distance X mm

1660

2052

2438

2824

3220

Distance Y mm

2150

2390

2400

2400

2400

Distance Z mm

20

20

20

25

25

All dimensions are approximate

Fig. 5.05: Centre of gravity, turbocharger located on aft end of engine (4 59 121)

430 100 046

178 53 08

5.12

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Mass of water and oil in engine in service

Mass of water
No. of
cylinders

Mass of oil in

Freshwater

Seawater

Total

Oil pan

Total

kg

Engine
system
kg

kg

kg

kg

kg

100

350

450

250

175

425

135

350

485

375

300

675

200

350

550

450

425

875

235

350

585

525

350

875

270

425

695

600

475

1075

The stated values are only valid for horizontal engine

Fig. 5.06: Water and oil in engine

Rev.1

430 100 059

178 53 09

5.13

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Cyl. No.

2346

3300

3128

3300

3910

3300

4692

3620

5474

3620

For engine dimensions see Engine outline

Fig.5.07a: Gallery outline

483 100 080

178 53 10

5.14

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig.5.07b: Gallery outline

483 100 080

178 53 10

5.15

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

Turbocharger type
NA40/S
MAN
B&W NA48/S
NA57/T9
VTR454
ABB
VTR564
MET42SD
MHI
MET53SD
MET66SD

S46MC-C Project Guide

c
300
-

n
6590
-

m
1680
-

Fig. 5.08a: Engine pipe connections, turbocharger located on aft end of engine, (4 59 121)

483 100 082

178 53 11

5.16

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Cyl . No.

2346

2346

3128

3128

3910

3128

4692

3128

4692

5474

3128

5474

Fig. 5.08b: Engine pipe connections, turbochargers located on aft end of engine, (4 59 121)

483 100 082

178 53 11

5.17

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

The letters refer to List of flanges

Some of the pipes can be connected fore or aft as shown and the engine builder has to be informed which end to be used
For engine dimensions see Engine outline and Gallery outline

Fig. 5.08c: Engine pipe connections, turbocharger located on aft end of engine, (4 59 121)

483 100 082

178 53 11

5.18

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

Reference
A
B
C
D
E

F
K
L
M
N
P
N
P
R
S
U
X
Y

AB

AC
AE
AF
AG
AH
AL
AN
AP
AR
AS
AT
AV
BD
BX
BF
BV

Cyl.
No.
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-8
NA40/S
NA48/S
NA57/T
MET42
MET53
MET66
4-8
4-5
6-8
4-5
6-8
4-8
4-6
7-8
4-6
7-8
4-8
4-8
4-5
6-8
4-8
4-5
6-8
4-8
4-8
NA40/S
NA48/S
NA57/T
MET42
MET53
MET66
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-8
4-8

S46MC-C Project Guide

Flange
Bolts
Dia. PCD Thickn. Dia.
No.
235 190
24
M20
8
Coupling for 16 mm pipe
Coupling for 16 mm pipe
See figures
165 125
20
M16
4
185

105 105
14
M12
4
125 130
14
M12
4
140 145
14
M16
4
150 110
16
M16
4
200 160
18
M16
8
220 180
20
M16
8
200 160
18
M16
8
220 180
20
M16
8
Coupling for 30 mm pipe
285 240
24
M20
8
340 295
24
M20
8
285 240
24
M20
8
340 295
24
M20
8
285 240
24
M20
8
285 240
24
M20
8
200 160
18
M16
8
220 180
20
M16
8
See speciel drawing of oil outlet
285 240
24
M20
8
340 295
24
M20
8
185 145
22
M16
8
140 100
16
M16
4
165 125
18
M16
4

40
50
65
40
80
100
80
100

18

M16

Description
Starting air inlet (neck flange for welding supplied)
Control air inlet
Safety air inlet
Exhaust gas outlet

50
65

145

18

100

185

145

DN*

Venting of lubricating oil discharge pipe turbocharger

for MAN B&W & MHI turbocharger only

Fuel oil outlet (neck flange for welding supplied)

Fresh cooling water inlet
Fresh cooling water outlet
Fresh cooling water de-aeration

150
200
150
200
150
150
80
100

Sea cooling water inlet to air cooler

Sea cooling water outlet from air cooler
Central cooling water inlet to air cooler
Central cooling water outlet from air cooler
Lubricating oil inlet (system oil)
System oil outlet to bottom tank

150
200
65
32
50

M16

65

165 125
18
M16
185 145
18
M16
200 160
18
M16
Coupling for 16 mm pipe
140 100
16
M16
140 100
16
M16
140 100
16
M16
140 100
16
M16
140 100
16
M16
Coupling for 20 mm pipe
Coupling for 12 mm pipe
150 110
16
M16
Coupling for 30 mm pipe
Coupling for 42 mm pipe
185 145
18
M16
Coupling for 16 mm pipe
Coupling for 16 mm pipe
Coupling for 16 mm pipe
Coupling for 16 mm pipe

4
4
8

50
65
80

4
4
4
4
4

32
32
32
32
32

40

65

Lubricating oil inlet to piston cooling and camshaft

Fuel oil inlet (neck flange for welding supplied)
Lubricating oil inlet to exhaust valve actuator
Lubricating oil outlet from MAN B&W & MHI
turbocharger

Lubricating oil inlet to cylinder lubricators

Drain from bedplate/cleaning turbocharger
Clean fuel to service tank
Drain oil from piston rod stuffing boxes
Fresh cooling water drain
Drain from water mist catcher
Water inlet for cleaning of turbocharger (ABB & MAN B&W)
Air inlet for dry cleaning of turbocharger
Oil vapour discharge
Cooling water drain air cooler
Extinguishing of fire in scavenge air box
Drain from scavenge air box to closed drain tank
Fresh water outlet for heating fuel oil drain pipes
Steam inlet for heating fuel oil pipes
Steam outlet for heating fuel oil pipes
Steam inlet for cleaning drain of scavenge air box

* DN indicates the nominal diameter of the piping on the engine

For external pipes the diameters should be calculated according to the fluids velocities (see list of capacities) or the
recommended pipe sizes in diagrams should be used.
Fig. 5.09: List of counterflanges, option: 4 30 202

430 200 152

178 53 13

5.19

VTR 564
NA48/S

MET66SD

MET53SD

VTR 454
NA40/S

NA57/T9

MET42SD

ABB

S46MC-C Project Guide

MAN B&W

Mitsubishi

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

Thickness of flanges: 25 mm
Fig. 5.10: List of counterflanges, turbocharger exhaust outlet (yards supply)

430 200 152

178 53 13

5.20

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

A-A

B-B

For details of chocks and bolts see special drawings

This drawing may, subject to the written consent of the
actual engine builder concerned, be used as a basis for
marking-off and drilling the holes for holding down bolts
in the top plates, provided that:
1)

The engine builder drills the holes for holding down

bolts in the bedplate while observing the toleranced
locations indicated on MAN B&W Diesel A/S
drawings for machining the bedplate

2)

The shipyard drills the holes for holding down

bolts in the top plates while observing the
toleranced locations given on the present drawing

3)

The holding down bolts are made in accordance

with MAN B&W Diesel A/S drawings of these bolts

1781835-7

Fig. 5.11: Arrangement of epoxy chocks and holding down bolts

482 600 015

178 53 14

5.21

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Section A-A

Holding down bolts, option: 4 82 602 includes:

1
2
3

Protecting cap
Spherical nut
Spherical washer

4
5
6

Distance pipe
Round nut
Holding down bolt

Fig. 5.12a: Profile of engine seating

1781841-6.0

482 600 010

178 59 40

5.22

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

View from X

Section B-B

Side chock liners, option: 4 82 620 includes:

1
Liner for side chock
2
Hexagon head screw
Side chock option: 4 82 622 includes:
3
Side chock brackets

Fig. 5.12b: Profile of engine seating, side chocks

End chock bolts, option: 4 82 610 includes:
Stud for end chock bolt
1
Round nut
2
Round nut
3
Spherical washer
4
Spherical washer
5
Protecting cap
6
End chock liners, option: 4 82 612 includes:
7
Liner for end chocks
End chock brackets, option: 4 82 614 includes:
8
End chock brackets

1781842-8.1

Fig. 5.12c: Profile of engine seating, end chocks

482 600 010

178 59 40

5.23

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Top bracing should only be installed on one side,

either the exhaust side as show, or on the camshaft
side
(Please contact MAN B&W for further information).
T/C: Turbocharger

C: Chain drive

Horizontal distance between top bracing fix point

and centre line of cylinder 1:
a = 391
b = 1173
c = 1955
d = 2737

e = 3519
f = 4301
g = 5083
h = 5865

Fig. 5.13: Mechanical top bracing arrangement, turbocharger located on aft end of engine, 4 59 121

483 110 007

178 53 16

5.24

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

B
B

B-B

A-A

Fig. 5.14: Mechanical top bracing outline, option: 4 83 112

483 110 007

178 53 16

5.25

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Cross section must not be smaller than 45mm2 and

the lenght of the cable must be as short as possible
Hull
Slipring
solid silver track
Voltmeter for shaft-hull
potential difference

Silver metal
graphite brushes

Rudder

Propeller

Voltmeter for shafthull potential difference

Main bearing

Intermediate shaft
Earthing device

Propeller shaft
Current

The required earthing is available from:

M.G. Duff Marine Limited
Unit 2 West, 68 Bognor Road
Chichester West Sussex, England PO19 2NS
Tel:
44 232 533 336
Fax: 44 243 533 422
Telex: 86339 mg duff g

Bergse Anti Corrosion A/S

Avedreholmen 86
DK-2650 Hvidovre
Denmark
Tel: 36 77 06 00
Fax: 36 77 23 87

Fig. 5.15: Earthing device, (yards supply)

420 600 010

178 53 18

5.26

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

6.01 List of Capacities

The Lists of Capacities contain data regarding the
necessary capacities of the auxiliary machinery for
the main engine only. The heat dissipation figures
include 10% extra margin for overload running except for the scavenge air cooler, which is an integrated part of the diesel engine.

A detailed specification of the various components

is given in the description of each system together
with a method of how to calculate the list of necessary capacities for a derated diesel engine. If a freshwater generator is installed, the water production can
be calculated by using the formula stated later in this
chapter and the way of calculating the exhaust gas
data is also shown later in this chapter. The air consumption is approximately 98% of the calculated
exhaust gas amount.

Cooling Water Systems

The capacities given in the tables Figs. 6.01.03,
6.01.04 and 6.01.05 are based on tropical ambient
reference conditions and refer to engines running at
nominal MCR (L1) for, respectively:
Conventional seawater cooling system,

Fig. 6.01.01, or
Central cooling water system, Fig. 6.01.02

The location of the flanges on the engine is shown in:

Engine pipe connections, and the flanges are
identified by reference letters stated in the List of
flanges; both can be found in Chapter 5.
The diagrams use the symbols shown in Fig. 6.01.19
Basic symbols for piping, whereas the symbols for
instrumentation accord to the Symbolic representation of instruments and the instrumentation list found
in Chapter 8.

Fig. 6.01.01: Diagram for conventional seawater cooling

Fig. 6.01.02: Diagram for central cooling

430 200 025

178 53 19

6.01.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

S46MC-C capacities of auxiliary machinery for main engine

1) Engines with MAN B&W turbochargers
2) Engines with ABB turbochargers
3) Engines with Mitsubishi turbochargers

Nominal MCR
at 129 r/min

Cyl.
kW

4
5240

5
6550

6
7860

7
9170

8
10480

1)
2)
3)
1)
2)
3)
1)
2)
3)

3.4
1.3
44
46
44
170
170
170
125
120
125

4.3
1.7
55
57
55
215
210
210
145
140
145

5.1
2.0
66
70
66
255
255
255
165
160
165

6.0
2.3
81
81
77
300
295
295
185
180
190

6.8
2.7
92
92
88
340
340
340
205
200
210

Pumps:
Fuel oil circulating pump
Fuel oil supply pump

m3/h
m3/h

Jacket cooling water pump

m3/h

Seawater pump

m3/h

Lubricating oil pump

m3/h

Booster pump
for exhaust valve
Coolers:
Scavenge air cooler
Heat dissipation
Seawater

m3/h

1.0

1.5

1.5

2.0

2.0

kW
m3/h

1950
108

2430
135

2920
162

3410
189

3890
216

1)
2)
3)

485
415
450

890
830
900

1)
2)
3)
1)
2)
3)

62
62
62
830
870
830

124
124
124
1720
1710
1650

1)
2)
3)

610
710
790
520
620
730
570
670
800
See the above-mentioned pump capacity
80
93
111
75
93
106
75
93
106
1030
1240
1520
1070
1300
1510
1030
1240
1450
See the above-mentioned pump capacity
80
93
111
75
93
106
75
93
106
115
135
155
54500
255
14.8

87200
255
23.7

Lubricating oil cooler

Heat dissipation

kW

Lubricating oil

m3/h

Seawater

m3/h

Jacket water cooler

Heat dissipation

kW

Jacket cooling water

m3/h

Seawater

m3/h

Fuel oil preheater

Gases

kW

62
62
62
89

Exhaust gas flow

Exhaust gas temperature
Air consumption

kg/h
C
kg/s

43600
255
11.9

65400
255
17.8

76300
255
20.8

124
124
124
180

For main engine arrangement with built-on power take off (PTO) of an MAN B&W recommended type and/or torsional
vibration damper, the engines capacities must be increased by those stated for the actual system
The exhaust gas amount and temperature must be adjusted according to the actual plant specification

1783271-1.0

Fig. 6.01.03: List of capacities, S46MC-C with seawater cooling system and conventional turbocharger, stated at the
nominal MCR power (L1)

430 200 025

178 59 20

6.01.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

S46MC-C capacities of auxiliary machinery for main engine

1) Engines with MAN B&W turbochargers
2) Engines with ABB turbochargers
3) Engines with Mitsubishi turbochargers

Nominal MCR
at 129 r/min

Cyl.
kW

4
5240

5
6550

6
7860

7
9170

8
10480

1)
2)
3)
1)
2)
3)
1)
2)
3)
1)
2)
3)

3.4
1.3
44
46
44
150
150
150
155
155
155
125
120
125

4.3
1.7
55
57
55
190
185
185
195
190
190
145
140
145

5.1
2.0
66
70
66
225
225
225
230
230
230
165
160
165

6.0
2.3
81
81
77
255
250
250
270
270
270
185
180
190

6.8
2.7
92
92
88
285
285
285
310
305
305
205
200
210

Pumps:
Fuel oil circulating pump
Fuel oil supply pump

m3/h
m3/h

Jacket cooling water pump*

m3/h

Central cooling water pump*

m3/h

Seawater pump*

m3/h

Lubricating oil pump*

m3/h

Booster pump
for exhaust valve
Coolers:
Scavenge air cooler
Heat dissipation
Central colling water

m3/h

1.0

1.5

1.5

2.0

2.0

kW
m3/h

1930
87

2410
108

2900
130

3380
142

3860
162

Lubricating oil cooler

Heat dissipation*

kW

Lubricating oil*

m3/h

Central colling water

m3/h

Jacket water cooler

Heat dissipation*

kW

Jacket cooling water

m3/h

Central cooling water

m3/h

Central water cooler

Heat dissipation*

kW

Central cooling water*

Seawater*
Fuel oil preheater
Gases
Exhaust gas flow**
Exhaust gas temperature
Air consumption

m3/h
m3/h
kW
kg/h
C
kg/s

1)
2)
3)

485
415
450

1)
2)
3)
1)
2)
3)

63
63
63
830
870
830

1)
2)
3)
1)
2)
3)

63
63
63
3250
3220
3210

89

610
710
790
520
620
730
570
670
800
See the above-mentioned pump capacity
82
95
113
77
95
108
77
95
108
1030
1240
1520
1070
1300
1510
1030
1240
1450
See the above-mentioned pump capacity
82
95
113
77
95
108
77
95
108
4050
4850
5690
4000
4820
5620
4010
4810
5630
See the above-mentioned pump capacity
See the above-mentioned pump capacity
115
135
155

43600
255
11.9

54500
255
14.8

65400
255
17.8

76300
255
20.8

890
830
900
123
123
123
1720
1710
1650
123
123
123
6470
6400
6410

180
87200
255
23.7

For main engine arrangement with built-on power take off (PTO) of an MAN B&W recommended type and/or torsional
vibration damper, the engines capacities must be increased by those stated for the actual system
The exhaust gas amount and temperature must be adjusted according to the actual plant specification
1783272-3.0

Fig. 6.01.04: List of capacities, S46MC-C with central cooling system, stated at the nominal MCR power (L 1)

430 200 025

178 59 20

6.01.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Cylinder no.

m3

2 x 3.5

2 x 3.5

2 x 3.5

2 x 4.0

2 x 4.0

m3/h

2 x 105

2 x 105

2 x 105

2 x 120

2 x 120

m3

2 x 2.0

2 x 2.0

2 x 2.0

2 x 2.0

2 x 2.0

m3/h

2 x 60

2 x 60

2 x 60

2 x 60

2 x 60

S46MC-C
Starting air system: 30 bar (gauge)
Reversible engine
Receiver volume (12 starts)
Compressors
Non-reversible engine
Receiver volume (6 starts)
Compressors

Fig. 6.01.05: Capacities of starting air receivers and compressors for main engine S46MC-C

Heat radiation

Pump capacities

The radiation and convection heat to the engine

room is about 1.5% of the engine nominal power
(kW in L1).

The pump capacities given in the List of Capacities refer to engines rated at nominal MCR (L1).
For lower rated engines, only a marginal saving in
the pump capacities is obtainable.

Auxiliary System Capacities for

Derated Engines

To ensure proper lubrication, the lubricating oil pump

and the booster pump for exhaust valves must
remain unchanged.

The dimensioning of heat exchangers (coolers) and

pumps for derated engines can be calculated on the
basis of the heat dissipation values found by using
the following description and diagrams. Those for
the nominal MCR (L1), see Figs. 6.01.03 and 6.01.04,
may also be used if wanted.

Cooler heat dissipations

For the specified MCR (M) the diagrams in Figs.
6.01.06, 6.01.07 and 6.01.08 show reduction factors for the corresponding heat dissipations for the
coolers, relative to the values stated in the List of
Capacities valid for nominal MCR (L1).

Also, the fuel oil circulating and supply pumps should

remain unchanged, and the same applies to the fuel
oil preheater pump.
The jacket cooling water pump capacity is relatively
low, and practically no saving is possible.
In order to ensure a proper starting ability, the
starting air compressors and the starting air receivers must also remain unchanged.

The percentage power (P%) and speed (n%) of L1

for specified MCR (M) of the derated engine is used
as input in the above-mentioned diagrams, giving the
% heat dissipation figures relative to those in the
List of Capacities, Figs. 6.01.03 and 6.01.04.

430 200 025

178 53 19

6.01.04

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Seawater pump
The seawater flow capacity for each of the scavenge
air, lub. oil and jacket water coolers can be reduced
proportionally to the reduced heat dissipations found
in Figs. 6.01.06, 6.01.07 and 6.01.08, respectively.
However, regarding the scavenge air cooler, the
engine maker has to approve this reduction in order
to avoid too low a water velocity in the scavenge air
cooler pipes.
As the jacket water cooler is connected in series
with the lubricating oil cooler, the seawater flow
capacity for the latter is used also for the jacket
water cooler.
The derated seawater pump capacity is equal to the
sum of the above found derated seawater flow
capacities though the scavenge air and lub. oil
coolers, as these are connected in parallel.
If a central cooler is used, the above still applies, but
the central cooling water capacities are used instead of the above seawater capacities. The seawater flow capacity for the central cooler can be
reduced in proportion to the reduction of the total
cooler heat dissipation.

Fig. 6.01.07: Jacket water cooler, heat dissipation

qjw% in % of L1 value

Fig. 6.01.06: Scavenge air cooler, heat dissipation

qair% in % of L1 value

Fig. 6.01.08: Lubricating oil cooler, heat dissipation

qlub% in % of L1 value

430 200 025

178 53 19

6.01.05

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Pump pressures
Irrespective of the capacities selected as per the
above guidelines, the below-mentioned pump pressures at the mentioned maximum working temperatures for each system shall be kept:

bar
Fuel oil supply pump
Fuel oil circulating pump
Lubricating oil pump
Booster pump for exhaust valves
Seawater pump
Central cooling water pump
Jacket water pump

4
10
4
3
2.5
2.5
3.0

Max.
working
temp. C
100
150
60
60
50
60
90

Example 1:
6S46MC-C with MAN B&W turbocharger and with
seawater cooling system
Derated to :
Specified MCR (M) . . . . . . . . . . . 80% power of L1
90% speed of L1
Nominal MCR (L1):
7,860 kW = 10,710 BHP (100%) at 129 r/min (100%)
Specified MCR (M):
6,288 kW = 8,136 BHP (80%) at 116.1 r/min (90%)
The method of calculating the reduced capacities
for point M is based on tropical ambient reference
conditions shown below.

Flow velocities
For external pipe connections, we prescribe the
following maximum velocities:
Marine diesel oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 m/s
Heavy fuel oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6 m/s
Lubricating oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8 m/s
Cooling water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 m/s
Due to space requirements the internal piping on the
engine can have higher flow velocities than specified

The values valid for the nominal rated engine are

found in the List of Capacities Fig. 6.01.03, and
are listed together with the result in Fig. 6.01.09
Heat dissipation of scavenge air cooler
Fig. 6.01.06 which is an approximate indicates a
73% heat dissipation:
2920 x 0.73 = 2132 kW
Heat dissipation of jacket water cooler
Fig. 6.01.07 indicates a 84% heat dissipation:
1240 x 0.84 = 1042 kW
Heat dissipation of lub. oil cooler
Fig. 6.01.08 indicates a 91% heat dissipation:
710 x 0.91 = 646 kW
Jacket water pump
Is kept at 66 m3/h
Seawater pump
Scavenge air cooler: 216 x 0.73 = 157.7 m3/h
94 x 0.91 = 85.5 m3/h
Lubricating oil cooler:
243.2 m3/h
Total:

430 200 025

178 53 19

6.01.06

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Nominal rated engine (L1)

Specified MCR (M)

7,860 kW, 10,710 BHP

at 129 r/min

6,288 kW, 8,136 BHP

at 116.1 r/min

m3/h
m3/h
m3/h
m3/h
m3/h
m3/h

5.1
2.0
66
310
165
1.5

5.1
2.0
66
243.2
165
1.5

kW
m3/h

2920
216

2132
157.7

kW
m3/h
m3/h

710
165
94

646
165
85.5

kW
m3/h
m3/h

1240
66
94

1042
66
85.5

kW

135

135

17.8
65400
255

14
51400
248

30

30

m3
m3/h

2 x 3.5
2 x 105

2 x 3.5
2 x 105

m3
m3/h

2 x 2.0
2 x 60

2 x 2.0
2 x 60

Shaft power at MCR

Pumps:
Fuel oil circulating pump
Fuel oil supply pump
Jacket cooling pump
Seawater pump
Lubricating oil pump
Booster pump for exhaust valves
Coolers:
Scavenge air cooler
Heat dissipation
Seawater quantity
Lubricating oil cooler
Heat dissipation
Lubricating oil quantity
Seawater quantity
Jacket cooler
Heat dissipation
Jacket cooling water quantity
Seawater quantity
Fuel oil preheater:
Preheater capacity
Expected air and exhaust gas data:
Air consumption
Exhaust gas amount (total)
Exhaust gas temperature

kg/sec.
kg/h
C

Starting air system:

bar
Reversible engine
Receiver volume (12 starts)
Compressors
Non-reversible engine
Receiver volume (6 starts)
Compressors

Exhaust gas tolerances: temperature -/+ 15 C and amount +/- 5%

The air consumption and exhaust gas figures are expected and refer to 100% specified MCR, ISO ambient reference
conditions and the exhaust gas back pressure 300 mm WC
The exhaust gas temperatures refer to after turbocharger
Calculated in example 3, in this chapter

Fig. 6.01.09: Example 1 Capacities of derated 6S46MC-C with MAN B&W turbocharger and with sea water cooling system

430 200 025

178 53 19

6.01.07

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Freshwater Generator
If a freshwater generator is installed and is utilising
the heat in the jacket water cooling system, it should
be noted that the actual available heat in the jacket
water system is lower than indicated by the heat
dissipation figures valid for nominal MCR (L1) given
in the List of Capacities. This is because the latter
figures are used for dimensioning the jacket water
cooler and hence incorporate a safety margin which
can be needed when the engine is operating under
conditions such as, e.g. overload. Normally, this
margin is 10% at nominal MCR.
For a derated diesel engine, i.e. an engine having a
specified MCR (M) different from L1, the relative jacket
water heat dissipation for point M may be found, as
previously described, by means of Fig. 6.01.07.

With reference to the above, the heat actually available for a derated diesel engine may then be found
as follows:
1. Engine power equal to specified MCR
For specified MCR (M) the diagram Fig. 6.01.07 is
to be used,i.e. giving the percentage correction
factor qjw% and hence
Qjw,M = QL1 x

qjw%
x 0.9
100

(0.87)

[1]

2. Engine power lower than specified MCR

For powers lower than the specified MCR, the
value Qjw,M found for point M by means of the
above equation [1] is to be multiplied by the
correction factor kp found in Fig. 6.01.10 and
hence

At part load operation, lower than specified MCR,

the actual jacket water heat dissipation will be reduced according to the curves for fixed pitch propeller (FPP) or for constant speed, controllable pitch
propeller (CPP), respectively, in Fig. 6.01.10.

Qjw = Qjw,M x kp

[2]

where
jacket water heat dissipation
jacket water heat dissipation at nominal
MCR (L1)
qjw%= percentage correction factor from
Fig. 6.01.07
Qjw,M= jacket water heat dissipation at specified
MCR, found by means of equation [1]
correction factor from Fig. 6.01.10
kp=
factor for overload margin, tropical
0.9=
ambient conditions
Qjw=
QL1=

The heat dissipation is assumed to be more or less

independent of the ambient temperature conditions,
yet the overload factor of about 0.87 instead of 0.90
will be more accurate for ambient conditions corresponding to ISO temperatures or lower.

Fig. 6.01.10: Correction factor kp for jacket cooling water

heat dissipation at part load, relative to heat dissipation at
specified MCR

If necessary, all the actually available jacket cooling

water heat may be used provided that a special
temperature control system ensures that the jacket
cooling water temperature at the outlet from the
engine does not fall below a certain level. Such a
temperature control system may consist, e.g., of a
special by-pass pipe installed in the jacket cooling
water system, see Fig. 6.01.10, or a special built-in
temperature control in the freshwater generator,

430 200 025

178 53 19

6.01.08

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Jacket cooling water system

Freshwater generator system

Fig. 6.01.11: Freshwater generators. Jacket cooling water heat recovery flow diagram
Valve A: ensures that Tjw < 80 C
Valve B: ensures that Tjw >80 5 C = 75 C
Valve B and the corresponding by-pass may be omitted if, for example, the freshwater generator is equipped with an
automatic start/stop function for too low jacket cooling water temperature
If necessary, all the actually available jacket cooling water heat may be utilised provided that a special temperature control
system ensures that the jacket cooling water temperature at the outlet from the engine does not fall below a certain level

e.g., an automatic start/stop function, or similar. If

such a special temperature control is not applied,
we recommend limiting the heat utilised to maximum 50% of the heat actually available at specified
MCR, and only using the freshwater generator at
engine loads above 50%.
When using a normal freshwater generator of the singleeffect vacuum evaporator type, the freshwater pro-

duction may, for guidance, be estimated as 0.03

t/24h per 1 kW heat, i.e.:
Mfw = 0.03 x Qjw

t/24h

[3]

where
Mfw is the freshwater production in tons per 24 hours
and
Qjw is to be stated in kW

430 200 025

178 53 19

6.01.09

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Example 2:
Freshwater production from a derated 6S46MC-C with MAN B&W turbocharger
Based on the engine ratings below, and by means of an example, this chapter will show how to calculate
the expected available jacket cooling water heat removed from the diesel engine, together with the
corresponding freshwater production from a freshwater generator.
The calculation is made for the service rating (S) of the diesel engine.
6S46MC-C - derated with fixed pitch propeller
Nominal MCR,
Specified MCR,
Service rating,

PL1:
PM:
PS:

7,860 kW = 10,710 BHP

6,288 kW = 8,136 BHP
5,030 kW = 6,509 BHP

(100.0%)
(80.0%)

129.0 r/min (100.0%)

116.1 r/min (90.0%)
107.8 r/min

i.e. service rating, PS% = 80% of specified MCR

Ambient reference conditions: 20 C air and 18 C cooling water

The expected available jacket cooling water heat at

service rating is found as follows:
QL1

Calculation of Exhaust Gas Amount

and Temperature

= 1240 kW from List of Capacities

Influencing factors

qjw% = 84.0% using 80.0% power and 90.0%

speed for the specified MCR (M) in
Fig. 6.01.07

The exhaust gas data to be expected in practice

depends, primarily, on the following three factors:

By means of equation [1], and using factor 0.87 for

actual ambient condition the heat dissipation in the
specified MCR (M) is found:
Qjw,M = QL1 x

a) The optimising point of the engine (point O)

which for the S46MC-C coincides with the power
PM of the specified MCR (M), i.e. PM = PO:

qjw%
x 0.87
100

= 1240 x

PO: power in kW (BHP) at optimising point

nO: speed in r/min at optimising point
b) The ambient conditions, and exhaust gas backpressure:

84.0
x 0.87 = 906 kW
100

Tair: actual ambient air temperature, in C

pbar: actual barometric pressure, in mbar
TCW: actual scavenge air coolant temperature, in C
pO: exhaust gas back-pressure in mm WC at
optimising point

By means of equation [2], the heat dissipation in the

service point (S) is found:
Qjw

= Qjw,M x kp = 906 x 0.85 = 770 kW

kp

= 0.85 using Ps% = 80% in Fig. 6.01.10

For the service point the corresponding expected

obtainable freshwater production from a freshwater
generator of the single-effect vacuum evaporator
type is then found from equation [3]:
Mfw

c) The continuous service rating of the engine (point

S), valid for fixed pitch propeller or controllable
pitch propeller (constant engine speed):
PS: continuous service rating of engine,
in kW (BHP)

= 0.03 x Qjw = 0.03 x 770 = 23.1 t/24h

430 200 025

178 53 19

6.01.10

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

The partial calculations based on the above influencing factors have been summarised in equations [4] and
[5], see Fig. 6.01.12.

Calculation Method
To enable the project engineer to estimate the actual
exhaust gas data at an arbitrary service rating, the
following method of calculation may be used.

The partial calculations based on the influencing

factors are described in the following:

Mexh: exhaust gas amount in kg/h, to be found

Texh: exhaust gas temperature in C, to be found
Mexh = ML1 x

PO
PL1

mO%
100

x (1 +

Mamb%

100

) x (1 +

ms%

100

)x

Ps%
100

kg/h

[4]

Texh = TL1 + TO + Tamb + TS C

[5]

where, according to List of capacities, i.e. referring to ISO ambient conditions and 300 mm WC back-pressure
and optimised in L1:
ML1: exhaust gas amount in kg/h at nominal MCR (L1)
TL1:

exhaust gas temperature after turbocharger in C at nominal MCR (L1)

Fig. 6.01.12: Summarising equations for exhaust gas amounts and temperatures

a) Correction for choice of optimising point

When choosing an optimising point O other than
the nominal MCR point L1, the resulting changes
in specific exhaust gas amount and temperature are
found by using as input in diagrams 6.01.13 and
6.01.14 the corresponding percentage values (of L1)
for optimised power PO% and speed nO%.

Fig. 6.01.13: Specific exhaust gas amount, mo% in % of L1

value

mO%: specific exhaust gas amount, in % of specific

gas amount at nominal MCR (L1), see Fig.
6.01.13.
TO: change in exhaust gas temperature after

turbocharger relative to the L1 value, in C,

see Fig. 6.01.14.

Fig. 6.01.14: Change of exhaust gas temperature, TO in C

after turbocharger relative to L1 value

430 200 025

178 53 19

6.01.11

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

b) Correction for actual ambient conditions and

back-pressure
For ambient conditions other than ISO 3046/1-1986,
and back-pressure other than 300 mm WC at optimising point (O), the correction factors stated in the table
in Fig. 6.01.15 may be used as a guide.
The corresponding relative change in the exhaust
gas data may be found from equations [6] and [7],
shown in Fig. 6.01.16.

Parameter
Blower inlet temperature
Blower inlet pressure (barometric pressure)

Change

Change of exhaust
gas temperature

Change of exhaust
gas amount

+ 10 C

+ 16.0 C

4.1%

+ 10 mbar

+ 0.1 C

0.3%

Charge air coolant temperature

(seawater temperature)

+ 10 C

+ 1.0 C

+ 1.9%

Exhaust gas back pressure at

specified MCR = optimised power

+ 100 mm WC

+ 5.0 C

1.1%

Fig. 6.01.15: Correction of exhaust gas data for ambient conditions and exhaust gas back pressure

Mamb%

= -0.41 x (Tair 25) - 0.03 x (pbar 1000) + 0.19 x (TCW 25 ) - 0.011 x (pO 300)

[6]

Tamb

= 1.6 x (Tair 25) + 0.01 x (pbar 1000) +0.1 x (TCW 25) + 0.05 x (pO 300)

[7]

where the following nomenclature is used:

Mamb%: change in exhaust gas amount, in % of amount at ISO conditions
Tamb:

change in exhaust gas temperature, in C

The back-pressure at the optimising point can, as an approximation be calculated by:

pO

= pM

pM:

exhaust gas back-pressure prescribed at specified MCR, in mm WC

where

[8]

Fig. 6.01.16: Exhaust gas correction formula

430 200 025

178 53 19

6.01.12

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

c) Correction for engine load

Figs. 6.01.17 and 6.01.18 may be used, as guidance,
to determine the relative changes in the specific exhaust gas data when running at part load, compared
to the values in the optimising point, i.e. using as input
PS% = (PS/PO) x 100%:
mS%:

change in specific exhaust gas amount, in %

of specific amount at optimising point, see
Fig. 6.01.17.

TS:

change in exhaust gas temperature, in C,

see Fig. 6.01.18.

Example 3:
Expected exhaust gas data for a derated 6S46MC-C.

6S46MC-C derated, with fixed pitch propeller:

Power at nominal MCR (L1):
PL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,860 kW = 10,710 BHP
Speed at nominal MCR
nL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 r/min
Power at specified MCR (M)/optimising point (O)
PM = PO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,288 kW = 8,136 BHP
Speed at specified MCR/optimising point
nM = nO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116.1 r/min
Power at continuous service rating (S)
PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,030 kW = 6,509 BHP
Speed at continuous service rating
nS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107.8 r/min
Corresponding percentage of service rating
PS% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80% specified MCR/
optimised power

Based on the below mentioned engine ratings and

ambient conditions, this example will show how to
calculate the expected exhaust gas data (after turbocharger) at an arbitrary load, in this example at
the service rating followed by a corresponding calculation for specified MCR (ISO) in which point the
engine also is optimised.

Fig. 6.01.17: Change of specific exhaust gas amount,

ms% in % at part load

Fig. 6.01.18: Change of exhaust gas temperature,

Ts in C at part load

430 200 025

178 53 19

6.01.13

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Air temperature
Tair20 C
Scavenge air coolant temperature
TCW18 C
Barometric pressure
pbar1013 mbar
Exhaust gas back-pressure
at specified MCR/optimising point
pM = pO 262 mm WC

ML1

= 65400 kg/h

Mexh

= 65400 x

a) Correction for choice of optimising point:

The exhaust gas temperature:

(1 +
Mexh

6288
x 100 = 80.0%
7860

PO%

nO%

116.1
=
x 100 = 90.0%
129

= 98.2 %

TO

= - 7.1 C

3.2
80
)x
= 42736 kg/h
100 100

= 42700 kg/h +/- 5%

TL1

= 255 C

Texh

= 255 7.1 10.5 3.6 = 233.8 C

Texh

= 234 C -/+15 C

Exhaust gas data at specified MCR (ISO)

At specified MCR (M), the running point may be
considered as a service point where:

By means of Figs. 6.01.13 and 6.01.14:

mO%

PS%
b) Correction for ambient conditions and backpressure:

PM
6288
x 100% =
x 100% = 100.0%
PO
6288

and for ISO ambient reference conditions, and the

back pressure of 300 mm WC, the corresponding
calculations will be as follows, see equations [4] and
[5]:

By means of equations [6] and [7]:

Mamb% = - 0.41 x (20-25) 0.03 x (1013-1000)

+ 0.19 x (18-25) 0.011 x (262-300) %

Mexh,M

= 65400 x

Mamb% = + 0.75%
Tamb

= 1.6 x (20- 25) + 0.01 x (1013-1000)

+ 0.1 x (18-25) + 0.05 x (262-300) C

Tamb

= - 10.5 C

(1 +

c) Correction for engine load, Ps% = 80:

By means of Figs. 6.01.17 and 6.01.18:
mS%

= + 3.2%

TS

= - 3.6 C

6288 98.2
0.75
x
x (1 +
)x
7860 100
100

6288 98.2
0.00
x
x (1 +
)x
7860 100
100

0.0
100.0
)x
= 51472 kg/h
100
100

Mexh,M

= 51400 kg/h

Texh,M

= 255 7.1 0.0 + 0.0 = 247.9 C

Texh,M

= 248 C

The air consumption will be:

51400 x 0.98 kg/h = 14 kg/sec

By means of equations [4] and [5], the final result is

found taking the exhaust gas flow ML1 and temperature TL1 from the List of Capacities:

430 200 025

178 53 19

6.01.14

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

No.

Symbol

General conventional symbols

S46MC-C Project Guide

Symbol designation

No.

Symbol Symbol designation

2.17

Pipe going upwards

1.1

Pipe

2.18

Pipe going downwards

1.2

Pipe with indication of direction of flow

2.19

Orifice

1.3

Valves, gate valves, cocks and flaps

1.4

Appliances

3.1

Valve, straight through

1.5

Indicating and measuring instruments

3.2

Valves, angle

3.3

Valves, three way

Pipes and pipe joints

Valves, gate valves, cocks and flaps

2.1

Crossing pipes, not connected

3.4

Non-return valve (flap), straight

2.2

Crossing pipes, connected

3.5

Non-return valve (flap), angle

2.3

Tee pipe

3.6

Non-return valve (flap), straight, screw down

2.4

Flexible pipe

3.7

Non-return valve (flap), angle, screw down

2.5

Expansion pipe (corrugated) general

3.8

Flap, straight through

2.6

Joint, screwed

3.9

Flap, angle

2.7

Joint, flanged

3.10

Reduction valve

2.8

Joint, sleeve

3.11

Safety valve

2.9

Joint, quick-releasing

3.12

Angle safety valve

2.10

Expansion joint with gland

3.13

Self-closing valve

2.11

Expansion pipe

3.14

Quick-opening valve

2.12

Cap nut

3.15

Quick-closing valve

2.13

Blank flange

3.16

Regulating valve

2.14

Spectacle flange

3.17

Kingston valve

2.15

Bulkhead fitting water tight, flange

3.18

Ballvalve (cock)

2.16

Bulkhead crossing, non-watertight

Fig. 6.01.19a: Basic symbols for piping

430 200 025

178 53 19

6.01.15

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

No.

S46MC-C Project Guide

Symbol Symbol designation

No.

Symbol Symbol designation

3.19

Butterfly valve

4.6

Piston

3.20

Gate valve

4.7

Membrane

3.21

Double-seated changeover valve

4.8

Electric motor

3.22

Suction valve chest

4.9

Electro-magnetic

3.23

Suction valve chest with non-return valves

3.24

Double-seated changeover valve, straight

5.1

Mudbox

3.25

Double-seated changeover valve, angle

5.2

Filter or strainer

3.26

Cock, straight through

5.3

Magnetic filter

3.27

Cock, angle

5.4

Separator

2.28

Cock, three-way, L-port in plug

5.5

Steam trap

3.29

Cock, three-way, T-port in plug

5.6

Centrifugal pump

3.30

Cock, four-way, straight through in plug

5.7

Gear or screw pump

3.31

Cock with bottom connection

5.8

Hand pump (bucket)

3.32

Cock, straight through, with bottom conn.

5.9

Ejector

3.33

Cock, angle, with bottom connection

5.10

Various accessories (text to be added)

3.34

Cock, three-way, with bottom connection 5.11

Control and regulation parts

Appliances

Piston pump
Fittings

4.1

Hand-operated

6.1

Funnel

4.2

Remote control

6.2

Bell-mounted pipe end

4.3

Spring

6.3

Air pipe

4.4

Mass

6.4

Air pipe with net

4.5

Float

6.5

Air pipe with cover

Fig. 6.01.19b: Basic symbols for piping

430 200 025

178 53 19

6.01.16

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

No.

S46MC-C Project Guide

Symbol Symbol designation

No.

Symbol Symbol designation

Indicating instruments with ordinary
symbol designations

6.6

Air pipe with cover and net

6.7

Air pipe with pressure vacuum valve

7.1

Sight flow indicator

6.8

Air pipe with pressure vacuum valve with net

7.2

Observation glass

6.9

Deck fittings for sounding or filling pipe

7.3

Level indicator

6.10

Short sounding pipe with selfclosing cock

7.4

Distance level indicator

6.11

Stop for sounding rod

7.5

Counter (indicate function)

7.6

Recorder

The symbols used are in accordance with ISO/R 538-1967, except symbol No. 2.19

Fig. 6.01.19c: Basic symbols for piping

430 200 025

178 53 19

6.01.17

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

6.02 Fuel Oil System

Diesel oil
Heavy fuel oil
Heated pipe with insulation

Number of auxiliary engines, pumps, coolers, etc.

subject to alterations according to the actual plants
specification
The letters refer to the List of flanges
D shall have min. 50% larger area than d.

a) Tracing fuel oil lines of max. 150 C,

b) Tracing of fuel oil drain lines: maximum 90 C,
min. 50 C, f. inst. by jacket cooling water.
Fig. 6.02.01: Fuel oil system

Pressurised Fuel Oil System

The system is so arranged that both diesel oil and
heavy fuel oil can be used.
From the service tank the fuel is led to an electrically
driven supply pump (4 35 660) by means of which a
pressure of approximately 4 bar can be maintained
in the low pressure part of the fuel circulating system, thus avoiding gasification of the fuel in the
venting box (4 35 690) in the temperature ranges
applied.

The venting box is connected to the service tank via

an automatic de-aerating valve (4 35 691), which will
release any gases present, but will close for liquids.
From the low pressure part of the fuel system the
fuel oil is led to an electrically-driven circulating
pump (4 35 670), which pumps the fuel oil through
a heater (4 35 677) and a full flow filter (4 35 685)
situated immediately before the inlet to the engine.

435 600 025

178 53 20

6.02.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

The piping is delivered with and fitted onto the engine

The letters refer to the List of flanges
The pos. numbers refer to list of standard instruments
Fig. 6.02.02: Fuel oil pipes and drain pipes

To ensure ample filling of the fuel pumps, the capacity of the electrically-driven circulating pump is
higher than the amount of fuel consumed by the
diesel engine. Surplus fuel oil is recirculated from
the engine through the venting box.
To ensure a constant fuel pressure to the fuel injection pumps during all engine loads, a spring loaded
overflow valve is inserted in the fuel oil system on
the engine, as shown on Fig. 6.02.02.
The fuel oil pressure measured on the engine (at fuel
pump level) should be 7-8 bar, equivalent to a circulating pump pressure of 10 bar.
When the engine is stopped, the circulating pump
will continue to circulate heated heavy fuel through
the fuel oil system on the engine, thereby keeping
the fuel pumps heated and the fuel valves deaerated. This automatic circulation of preheated fuel

during engine standstill is the background for our

recommendation:
constant operation on heavy fuel.
In addition, if this recommendation was not followed, there would be a latent risk of diesel oil and
heavy fuels of marginal quality forming incompatible
blends during fuel change over. Therefore, we strongly
advise against the use of diesel oil for operation of
the engine this applies to all loads.
In special circumstances a change-over to diesel oil
may become necessary. This can be performed at
any time, even when the engine is not running. Such
a change-over may become necessary if, for instance, the vessel is expected to be inactive for a
prolonged period with cold engine, e.g. due to:

435 600 025

docking
stop of more than five days
major repairs of the fuel system, etc.
environmental requirements

178 53 20

6.02.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

The built-on overflow valve, if any, at the supply pumps

is to be adjusted to 8 bar at inlet to engine, whereas
the external bypass valve is adjusted to 4 bar. The
pipes between the tanks and the supply pumps shall
have minimum 50% larger passage area than the
pipe between the supply pump and the circulating
pump.
The remote controlled quick-closing valve at inlet
X to the engine (Fig. 6.02.01) is required by MAN
B&W in order to be able to stop the engine immediately, especially during quay and sea trials, in the
event that the other shut-down systems should fail.
This valve is yards supply and is to be situated as
close to the engine as possible. If the fuel oil pipe
X at the inlet to the engine is made as a straight
line immediately at the end of the engine, it will be
neces- sary to mount an expansion joint. If the
connection is made as indicated, with a bend immediately at the end of the engine, an expansion
joint is not required.
The main purpose of the drain AF is to collect pure
fuel oil from the umbrella sealing system of the fuel
pumps as well as the unintentional leakage from the
high pressure pipes. The drain oil is lead to a tank
and can be pumped to the Heavy Fuel Oil service
tank or to the setting tank. The AF drain can be
provided with a box for giving alarm in case of
leakage in a high pressure pipes, option 4 35 105.

The drain pipes are heated by the fresh cooling

water system of the main engine, whereas the HFO
pipes are heated as basic by steam, see Fig.
6.02.01.
For arrangement common for main engine and auxiliary engines make MAN B&W Holeby, contact MAN
B&W for a special drawing.
For external pipe connections, we prescribe the
following maximum flow velocities:
Marine diesel oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 m/s
Heavy fuel oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6 m/s

NOx limitations
If specific NOx limitations are to be fulfilled, please
contact MAN B&W to investigate the necessary
measures to the taken: fuel valve design, water emulsion of fuel oil, optimising of exhaust system...) for the
layout point of the specific projects layout point.

Owing to the relatively high viscosity of the heavy fuel

oil, it is recommended that the drain pipe and the tank
are heated to min. 50 C.
The size of the tank is determined on the basis of the
drainng intervals, the classification society rules, and on
whether it may be vented directly to the engine room.
The umbrella type fuel oil pump has an external
leakage rate of clean fuel oil which, through AF is
led back to the HFO settling tank or service tank.
The flow rate is approx. 0.4 l/cyl. h.
This drained clean oil will, of course, influence the
measured SFOC, but the oil is thus not wasted, and
the quantity is well within the measuring accuracy of
the flowmeters normally used.

435 600 025

178 53 20

6.02.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

The piping is delivered with and fitted onto the engine

The letters refer to List of flanges
Fig. 6.02.03: Fuel oil pipes, steam tracing: 4 35 110

435 600 025

178 53 20

6.02.04

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fuel oil pipe insulation, option: 4 35 121

Fuel oil pipes and heating pipes together

Insulation of fuel oil pipes and drain oil pipes should

not be carried out until the piping systems have
been subjected to the pressure tests specified and
approved by the respective classification society
and/or authorities, Fig. 6.02.04.

Two or more pipes can be insulated with 30 mm

wired mats of mineral wool of minimum 150 kg/m3
covered with glass cloth of minimum 400 g/m2.

Flanges and valves

The directions mentioned below include insulation
of hot pipes, flanges and valves with view to ensuring a surface temperature of the complete insulation
of maximum 55 C at a room temperature of maximum 38 C. As for the choice of material and, if
required, approval for the specific purpose, reference is made to the respective classification society.

Fuel oil pipes

The pipes are to be insulated with 20 mm mineral
wool of minimum 150 kg/m3 and covered with glass
cloth of minimum 400 g/m2.

The flanges and valves are to be insulated by means

of removable pads. Flange and valve pads are made
of glass cloth, minimum 400 g/m2, containing mineral wool stuffed to minimum 150 kg/m3.
Thickness of the mats to be:
Fuel oil pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 mm
Fuel oil pipes and heating pipes together . . 30 mm
The pads are to be fitted so that they overlap the
pipe insulating material by the pad thickness. At
flanged joints, insulating material on pipes should
not be fitted closer than corresponding to the minimum bolt length.

Mounting
Mounting of the insulation is to be carried out in
accordance with the suppliers instructions.

Fig. 6.02.04: Fuel oil pipes, insulation 4 35 121

435 600 025

178 53 20

6.02.05

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fuel oil

Guiding heavy fuel oil specification

Marine diesel oil:

Based on our general service experience we have,

as a supplement to the above-mentioned standards,
drawn up the guiding HFO specification shown below.

Marine diesel oil ISO 8217, Class DMB

British Standard 6843, Class DMB
Similar oils may also be used

Heavy fuel oils limited by this specification have, to

the extent of the commercial availability, been used
with satisfactory results on MAN B&W two-stroke
slow speed diesel engines.

Heavy fuel oil (HFO)

Most commercially available HFO with a viscosity
below 700 cSt at 50 C (7000 sec. Redwood I at
100 F) can be used.
For guidance on purchase, reference is made to ISO
8217, British Standard 6843 and to CIMAC recommendations regarding requirements for heavy fuel
for diesel engines, third edition 1990, in which the
maximum acceptable grades are RMH 55 and K55.
The above-mentioned ISO and BS standards supersede BSMA 100 in which the limit was M9.
The data in the above HFO standards and specifications refer to fuel as delivered to the ship, i.e.
before on board cleaning.
In order to ensure effective and sufficient cleaning
of the HFO i.e. removal of water and solid contaminants the fuel oil specific gravity at 15 C (60 F)
should be below 0.991.
Higher densities can be allowed if special treatment
systems are installed.
Current analysis information is not sufficient for
estimating the combustion properties of the oil. This
means that service results depend on oil properties
which cannot be known beforehand. This especially
applies to the tendency of the oil to form deposits
in combustion chambers, gas passages and turbines. It may, therefore, be necessary to rule out
some oils that cause difficulties.

The data refers to the fuel as supplied i.e. before any

on board cleaning.
Property

Units

Value

Density at 15C

kg/m3

< 991*

Kinematic viscosity
at 100 C
at 50 C

cSt
cSt

< 55
< 700

Flash point

> 60

< 30

Carbon residue

% (m/m)

< 22

Ash

% (m/m)

< 0.15

Total sediment after ageing

% (m/m)

< 0.10

Water

% (V/V)

< 1.0

Sulphur

Pour point

% (m/m)

< 5.0

Vanadium

mg/kg

< 600

Aluminum + Silicon

mg/kg

< 80

m/m = mass V/V = volume

*) May be increased to 1.010 provided adequate

cleaning equipment is installed, i.e. modern type of
centrifuges.
If heavy fuel oils with analysis data exceeding the
above figures are to be used, especially with regard
to viscosity and specific gravity, the engine builder
should be contacted for advice regarding possible
fuel oil system changes.

435 600 025

178 53 20

6.02.06

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Components for fuel oil system

Fuel oil supply pump (4 35 660)

(See Fig. 6.02.01)

This is to be of the screw wheel or gear wheel type.
Fuel oil centrifuges
The manual cleaning type of centrifuges are not to
be recommended, neither for attended machinery
spaces (AMS) nor for unattended machinery spaces
(UMS). Centrifuges must be self-cleaning, either with
total discharge or with partial discharge.
Distinction must be made between installations for:

Fuel oil viscosity, specified . up to 700 cSt at 50 C

Fuel oil viscosity maximum . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 cSt
Pump head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 bar
Delivery pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 bar
Working temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 C
The capacity is to be fulfilled with a tolerance of:
-0% +15% and shall also be able to cover the back
flushing, see Fuel oil filter.

Specific gravities < 0.991 (corresponding to ISO

8217 and British Standard 6843 from RMA to

RMH, and CIMAC from A to H-grades

Fuel oil circulating pump (4 35 670)

This is to be of the screw or gear wheel type.

Specific gravities > 0.991 and (corresponding to

CIMAC K-grades)
For the latter specific gravities, the manufacturers
have developed special types of centrifuges, e.g.:
Alfa-Laval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alcap
Westfalia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unitrol
Mitsubishi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-Hidens II
The centrifuge should be able to treat approximately
the following quantity of oil:

Fuel oil viscosity, specified . up to 700 cSt at 50 C

Fuel oil viscosity normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 cSt
Fuel oil viscosity maximum . . . . . . . . . . . .1000 cSt
Fuel oil flow . . . . . . . . . . . . see List of capacities
Pump head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 bar
Delivery pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bar
Working temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 C
The capacity is to be fulfilled with a tolerance of:
- 0% + 15% and shall also be able to cover the
back-flushing see Fuel oil filter.
Pump head is based on a total pressure drop in filter
and preheater of maximum 1.5 bar.

0.27 l/kWh = 0.20 l/BHPh

The nominal capacity of the centrifuge is to be
according to the suppliers recommendation. Normally, two centrifuges are installed for Heavy Fuel
Oil (HFO), each with adequate capacity to comply
with the above recommendation.

Fuel oil heater (4 35 677)

The heater is to be of the tube or plate heat exchanger type.

A centrifuge for Marine Diesel Oil (MDO) is not a

must, but if it is decided to install one on board, the
capacity should be based on the above recommendation, or it should be a centrifuge of the same size
as that for lubricating oil.

The required heating temperature for different oil

viscosities will appear from the Fuel oil heating
chart. The chart is based on information from oil
suppliers regarding typical marine fuels with viscosity index 70-80.

The Nominal MCR is used to determine the total

installed capacity. Any derating can be taken into
consideration in border-line cases where the centrifuge that is one step smaller is able to cover
Specified MCR.

Since the viscosity after the heater is the controlled

parameter, the heating temperature may vary, depending on the viscosity and viscosity index of the
fuel.

435 600 025

178 53 20

6.02.07

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 6.02.05: Fuel oil heating chart

Recommended viscosity meter setting is 10-15 cSt.

Fuel oil filter (4 35 685)

Fuel oil viscosity specified . up to 700 cSt at 50 C

Fuel oil flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .see capacity of
fuel oil circulating pump
Heat dissipation . . . . . . . . . see List of capacities
Pressure drop on fuel oil side . . . . maximum 1 bar
Working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bar
Fuel oil inlet temperature, . . . . . . . . approx. 100 C
Fuel oil outlet temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 C
Steam supply, saturated . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 bar abs.

The filter can be of the manually cleaned duplex type

or an automatic filter with a manually cleaned bypass filter.

To maintain a correct and constant viscosity of the

fuel oil at the inlet to the main engine, the steam
supply shall be automatically controlled, usually based
on a pneumatic or an electrically controlled system.

If a filter with back-flushing arrangement is installed, the following should be noted. The required
oil flow specified in the List of capacities, i.e. the
delivery rate of the fuel oil supply pump and the fuel
oil circulating pump should be increased by the

If a double filter (duplex) is installed, it should have

sufficient capacity to allow the specified full amount
of oil to flow through each side of the filter at a given
working temperature with a max. 0.3 bar pressure
drop across the filter (clean filter).

435 600 025

178 53 20

6.02.08

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

amount of oil used for the back-flushing, so that the

fuel oil pressure at the inlet to the main engine can
be maintained during cleaning.
In those cases where an automatically cleaned
filter is installed, it should be noted that in order to
activate the cleaning process, certain makers of
filters require a greater oil pressure at the inlet to the
filter than the pump pressure specified. Therefore,
the pump capacity should be adequate for this
purpose, too.
The fuel oil filter should be based on heavy fuel oil
of: 130 cSt at 80 C = 700 cSt at 50 C = 7000 sec
Redwood I/100 F

Fuel oil flow . . . . . . . . . . . . see List of capacities

Working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 bar
Test pressure . . . . . . . . . . .according to class rule
Absolute fineness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50m
Working temperature . . . . . . . . . maximum 150 C
Oil viscosity at working temperature . . . . . 15 cSt
Pressure drop at clean filter . . . . maximum 0.3 bar
Filter to be cleaned
at a pressure drop at . . . . . . . . . maximum 0.5 bar
Note:
Absolute fineness corresponds to a nominal fineness of approximately 30m at a retaining rate of
90%.
The filter housing shall be fitted with a steam jacket
for heat tracing.
Flushing of the oil system
Before starting the engine for the first time, the
system on board has to be cleaned in accordance
with MAN B&Ws recommendations Flushing of
Fuel Oil System which is available on request.

Fuel oil venting box (4 35 690)

The design is shown on Fuel oil venting box, see
Fig. 6.02.06.
The systems fitted onto the main engine are shown
on:
Fuel oil pipes and drain pipes and
Fuel oil pipes, steam tracing and
Fuel oil pipes, insulation

Fig. 6.02.06: Fuel oil venting box

435 600 025

178 53 20

6.02.09

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Modular units

The unit is available in the following sizes:

The pressurised fuel oil system is preferable when

operating the diesel engine on high viscosity fuels.
When using high viscosity fuel requiring a heating
temperature above 100 C, there is a risk of boiling
and foaming if an open return pipe is used, especially if moisture is present in the fuel.
The pressurised system can be delivered as a modular
unit including wiring, piping, valves and instruments,
see Fig. 6.02.07 below.

Units
Engine type
4S46MC-C
5S46MC-C
6S46MC-C
7S46MC-C
8S46MC-C

60 Hz
3 x 440V
F - 3.8 - 2.9 - 6
F - 5.5 - 4.0 - 6
F - 5.5 - 4.0 - 6
F - 7.9 - 5.2 - 6
F - 7.9 - 5.2 - 6

50 Hz
3 x 380V
F - 4.0 - 3.3 - 5
F - 6.4 - 4.8 - 5
F - 6.4 - 4.8 - 5
F - 6.4 - 4.8 - 5
F - 8.9 - 6.8 - 5

F 7.9 5.2 6

The fuel oil supply unit is tested and ready for

service supply connections.

5 = 50 Hz, 3 x 380V
6 = 60 Hz, 3 x 440V
Capacity of fuel oil supply pump
in m3/h
Capacity of fuel oil circulating
pump in m3/h
Fuel oil supply unit

Fig. 6.02.07: Fuel oil supply unit, option: 4 35 610

435 600 025

178 53 20

6.02.10

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

6.03 Uni-lubricating Oil System

The letters refer to List of flanges

Venting for MAN B&W or Mitsubishi turbochargers only
Fig. 6.03.01: Lubricating and cooling oil system

Since medio 1995 we have introduced as standard,

the so called umbrella type of fuel pump.
The modified fuel pump sealing arrangement eliminates the risk of fuel oil penetrating into the camshaft lub. oil system, for which reason a seperate
camshaft lub. oil system is no longer necessary.
As a consequence the uni-lubricating. oil system is
now standard, with two small booster pumps for
exhaust valve actuators lub. oil supply Y, see Fig.
6.03.01.

The previous design with a seperate camshaft lub.

oil system is however still available as option: 4 40
105.
This system supplies lubricating oil to the engine
bearings through inlet R, lubricating oil to the
camshaft and cooling oil to the pistons etc. through
inlet U, lubricating oil to the exhaust valves trough
Y. A butterfly valve at lubricating oil inlet R is
supplied with the engine, see Fig. 6.03.02.

440 600 025

178 53 21

6.03.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

The letters refer to List of flanges

The pos. numbers refer to List of instruments
The piping is delivered with and fitted onto the engine
Fig. 6.03.02: Lubricating and cooling oil pipes

Fig. 6.03.03a: Lub. oil pipes for MAN B&W turbocharger

Fig. 6.03.03b: Lub. oil pipes for MAN B&W turbocharger

440 600 025

178 53 21

6.03.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

For external pipe connections, we prescribe a maximum oil velocity of 1.8 m/s.

Lubricating oil centrifuges

Manual cleaning centrifuges can only be used for
attended machinery spaces (AMS). For unattended
machinery spaces (UMS), automatic centrifuges with
total discharge or partial discharge are to be used.
The nominal capacity of the centrifuge is to be
according to the suppliers recommendation for lubricating oil, based on the figures:
Fig. 6.03.03c: Lub. oil pipes fra Mitsubishi turbocharger type MET

0.136 l/kWh = 0.1 l/BHPh

The MAN B&W and Mitsubishi turbochargers are

lubricated from the main engine system, see Fig.
6.03.03a, b and c Turbocharger lubricating oil
pipes, AB being the lubricating oil outlet from the
turbocharger to the lubricating oil bottom tank and
it is vented through E directly to the deck.
The engine crankcase is vented through AR by a
pipe which extends directly to the deck. This pipe
has a drain arrangement so that oil condensed in the
pipe can be led to a drain tank, see details in Fig.
6.03.07. Drains from the engine bedplate AE are
fitted on both sides, see Fig. 6.03.08 Bedplate
drain pipes.
Lubricating oil is pumped from a bottom tank, by
means of the main lubricating oil pump (4 40 601),
to the lubricating oil cooler (4 40 605), a thermostatic
valve (4 40 610) and, through a full-flow filter (4 40 615),
to the engine, where it is distributed to pistons and
bearings.
The major part of the oil is divided between piston
cooling and crosshead lubrication.
As previously mentioned, it has been necessary to
introduce the booster pumps (4 40 624) for some of
the engines in order to mantain the required oil
pressure at inlet Y for the exhaust valve actuators.
From the engine, the oil collects in the oil pan, from
where it is drained off to the bottom tank, see Fig.
6.03.05 Lubricating oil tank, with cofferdam.

The Nominal MCR is used as the total installed

effect.

List of lubricating oils

The circulating oil (Lubricating and cooling oil) must
be a rust and oxidation inhibited engine oil, of SAE
30 viscosity grade.
In order to keep the crankcase and piston cooling
space clean of deposits, the oils should have adequate dispersion and detergent properties.
Alkaline circulating oils are generally superior in this
respect.
Company
Elf-Lub.
BP
Castrol
Chevron
Exxon
Fina
Mobil
Shell
Texaco

Circulating oil
SAE 30/TBN 5-10
Atlanta Marine D3005
Energol OE-HT-30
Marine CDX-30
Veritas 800 Marine
Exxmar XA
Alcano 308
Mobilgard 300
Melina 30/30S
Doro AR 30

The oils listed have all given satisfactory service in

MAN B&W engine installations.
Also other brands have been used with satisfactory
results.

440 600 025

178 53 21

6.03.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Lubricating oil pump (4 40 601)

Lubricating oil cooler (4 40 605)

The lubricating oil pump can be of the screw wheel,

or the centrifugal type:

The lubricating oil cooler is to be of the shell and

tube type made of seawater resistant material, or a
plate type heat exchanger with plate material of
titanium, unless freshwater is used in a central cooling system.

Lubricating oil viscosity, specified 75 cSt at 50 C

Lubricating oil viscosity, . . . . . maximum 400 cSt
Lubricating oil flow . . . . . . see List of capacities
Design pump head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 bar
Delivery pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 bar
Max. working temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 C
* 400 cSt is specified, as it is normal practice when
starting on cold oil, to partly open the bypass
valves of the lubricating oil pumps, so as to reduce
the electric power requirements for the pumps.
The flow capacity is to be within a tolerance of:
0 +12%.
The pump head is based on a total pressure drop
across cooler and filter of maximum 1 bar.
The by-pass valve, shown between the main lubricating oil pumps, may be omitted in cases where
the pumps have a built-in by-pass or if centrifugal
pumps are used.
If centrifugal pumps are used, it is recommended to
install a throttle valve at position 005, its function
being to prevent an excessive oil level in the oil pan,
if the centrifugal pump is supplying too much oil to
the engine.
During trials, the valve should be adjusted by means
of a device which permits the valve to be closed only
to the extent that the minimum flow area through the
valve gives the specified lubricating oil pressure at
the inlet to the engine at full normal load conditions.
It should be possible to fully open the valve, e.g.
when starting the engine with cold oil.
It is recommended to install a 25 mm valve (pos.
006) with a hose connection after the main lubricating oil pumps, for checking the cleanliness of the
lubricating oil system during the flushing procedure.
The valve is to be located on the underside of a
horizontal pipe just after the discharge from the
lubricating oil pumps.

Lubricating oil viscosity,

specified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 cSt at 50 C
Lubricating oil flow . . . . . . see List of capacities
Heat dissipation . . . . . . . . see List of capacities
Lubricating oil temperature,
outlet cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 C
Working pressure on oil side . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 bar
Pressure drop on oil side . . . . . . maximum 0.5 bar
Cooling water flow . . . . . . see List of capacities
Cooling water temperature at inlet,
seawater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 C
freshwater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 C
Pressure drop on water side . . . . maximum 0.2 bar
The lubricating oil flow capacity is to be within a
tolerance of: 0 to + 12%.
The cooling water flow capacity is to be within a
tolerance of: 0% +10%.
To ensure the correct functioning of the lubricating
oil cooler, we recommend that the seawater temperature is regulated so that it will not be lower than
10 C.
The pressure drop may be larger, depending on the
actual cooler design.

Lubricating oil temperature control valve (4 40

610)
The temperature control system can, by means of a
three-way valve unit, by-pass the cooler totally or
partly.
Lubricating oil viscosity,
specified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 cSt at 50 C
Lubricating oil flow . . . . . . see List of capacities
Temperature range, inlet to engine . . . . . .40-50 C

440 600 025

178 53 21

6.03.04

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Lubricating oil full flow filter (4 40 615)

Lubricating oil booster pump for

exhaust valve actuators (4 40 624)

Lubricating oil flow . . . . . . see List of capacities

Working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 bar
Test pressure . . . . . . . . . . according to class rules
Absolute fineness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 m
Working temperature . . . . . . approximately 45 C
Oil viscosity at working temperature . . 90-100 cSt
Pressure drop with clean filter . . maximum 0.2 bar
Filter to be cleaned
at a pressure drop . . . . . . . . . . . maximum 0.5 bar

The lubricating oil boster pump can be of the screw

wheel, the gear wheel, or the centrifugal type:
Lubricating oil viscosity, specified 75 cSt at 50 C
Lubricating oil viscosity, . . . . . . maximum 400 cSt
Lubricating oil flow . . . . . . see List of capacities
Pump head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 bar
Working temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 C

* The absolute fineness corresponds to a nominal

fineness of approximately 25 m at a retaining
rate of 90%

The flow capacity is to be within a tolerance of:

0 to+12%.

The flow capacity is to be within a tolerance of:

0 to 12%.

Flushing of lube oil system

The full-flow filter is to be located as close as

possible to the main engine. If a double filter (duplex)
is installed, it should have sufficient capacity to
allow the specified full amount of oil to flow through
each side of the filter at a given working temperature, with a pressure drop across the filter of maximum 0.2 bar (clean filter).

Before starting the engine for the first time, the

lubricating oil system on board has to be cleaned in
accordance with MAN B&Ws recommendations:
Flushing of Main Lubricating Oil System, which is
available on request.

If a filter with back-flushing arrangement is installed,

the following should be noted:
The required oil flow, specified in the List of

capacities should be increased by the amount of

oil used for the back-flushing, so that the lubricating oil pressure at the inlet to the main engine can
be maintained during cleaning.
In those cases where an automatically-cleaned

filter is installed, it should be noted that in order to

activate the cleaning process, certain makes of
filter require a greater oil pressure at the inlet to the
filter than the pump pressure specified. Therefore,
the pump capacity should be adequate for this
purpose, too.

440 600 025

178 53 21

6.03.05

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Booster unit for exhaust valve
actuator lubrication (4 40 625)
The units consisting of the two booster pumps and
the control system can be delivered as a module,
Booster module,MAN B&W/C.C. Jensen

Engine type

4-8S46MC-C

Units
60Hz
3 x 440 V

50Hz
3 x 380 V

B - 4.3 - 6

B - 4.7 - 5

A: Inlet from main L.O pipe

B: Outlet to exhaust valve actuator
C: Waste oil drain

Fig. 6.03.04: Booster module, for exhaust valve actuator

lubrication MAN B&W Diesel / C.C. Jensen, option: 4 40 625

440 600 025

178 53 21

6.03.06

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Note:
When calculating the tank heights, allowance has
not been made for the possibility that part of the oil
quantity from the system outside the engine may,
when the pumps are stopped, be returned to the
bottom tank.
If the system outside the engine is so executed, that
a part of the oil quantity is drained back to the tank
when the pumps are stopped, the height of the
bottom tank indicated on the drawing is to be increased to include this additional quantity.

*Based on 50 mm thickness of supporting chocks

**Min. dimensions for man holes
The lubricating oil bottom tank complies with the
rules of the classification socities by operation under
the following conditions and the angles of inclination
in degrees are:
Athwartships
Static
Dynamic
15
22.2

Fore and aft

Static
Dynamic
5
7.5

Minimum lubricating oil bottom tank volume are following

4 cylinder 5 cylinder 6 cylinder 7 cylinder 8 cylinder

If space is limited other proposals are possible.

Cylinder
No.
4
5
6
7
8

Drain at
cylinder No.
2-4
2-5
2-5
2-5-7
2-5-8

6.9 m3

8.0 m3

9.5 m3

11.1 m3

12.4 m3

DO

D1

D3

HO

H1

H2

OL

Qm3

175
175
200
200
225

375
375
425
425
450

125
125
150
150
175

800
815
845
870
915

375
375
425
425
450

75
75
85
85
90

4500
5250
6000
6750
7500

705
720
750
775
820

6.9
8.0
9.5
11.1
13.0

Fig. 6.03.05: Lubricating oil tank, with cofferdam

440 600 025

178 53 21

6.03.07

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

A protecting ring position 1-4 is to be installed if required,

by class rules, and is placed loose on the tanktop and
guided by the hole in the flange

In the vertical direction it is secured by means of screws

position 4 so as to prevent wear of the rubber plate
178 13 27-7.0

Fig. 6.03.06: Lubricating oil outlet

178 31 63-7.0

Fig.6.03.07: Crankcase venting

The letters refer to List of flanges

440 600 025

178 53 21

6.03.08

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 6.03.08: Bedplate drain pipes

440 600 025

178 53 21

6.03.09

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

6.04 Cylinder Lubricating Oil System

Consequently, TBN 70 cylinder oil should also be
used on testbed and at seatrial. However, cylinder
oils with higher alkalinity, such as TBN 80, may be
beneficial, especially in combination with high sulphur fuels.
The cylinder oils listed below have all given satisfactory service during heavy fuel operation in MAN
B&W engine installations:

The letters refer to List of flanges

Company

Cylinder oil
SAE 50/TBN 70

Elf-Lub.
BP
Castrol
Chevron
Exxon
Fina
Mobil
Shell
Texaco

Talusia XT 70
CLO 50-M
S/DZ 70 cyl.
Delo Cyloil Special
Exxmar X 70
Vegano 570
Mobilgard 570
Alexia 50
Taro Special

Fig. 6.04.01: Cylinder lubricating oil system

Also other brands have been used with satisfactory

results.
The cylinder lubricators are supplied with oil from a
gravity-feed cylinder oil service tank, and they are
equipped with built-in floats, which keep the oil level
constant in the lubricators, Fig. 6.04.01.

Cylinder Lubrication

The size of the cylinder oil service tank depends on

the owners and yards requirements, and it is normally dimensioned for minimum two days consumption.

Each cylinder liner has a number of lubricating orifices (quills), through which the cylinder oil is introduced into the cylinders, see Fig. 6.04.02. The oil is
delivered into the cylinder via non-return valves,
when the piston rings pass the lubricating orifices,
during the upward stroke.

Cylinder Oils
Cylinder oils should, preferably, be of the SAE 50
viscosity grade.
Modern high rated two-stroke engines have a relatively great demand for the detergency in the cylinder oil. Due to the traditional link between high
detergency and high TBN in cylinder oils, we recommend the use of a TBN 70 cylinder oil in combination
with all fuel types within our guiding specification,
regardless of the sulphur content.

442 600 025

178 53 23

6.04.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Aft.

Fore

The letters refer to List of flanges

The piping is delivered with and fitted onto the engine

Fig. 6.04.02: Cylinder lubricating oil pipes

Cylinder Lubricators
The cylinder lubricators are mounted on the fore end
of the cylinder frame and are driven by a bevel gear.
The lubricators have a built-in capability for adjustment of the oil quantity. They are of the Sight Feed
Lubricator type and are provided with a sight glass
for each lubricating point.
The lubricators Fig. 6.04.03 are fitted with:

Mainly for plants with controllable pitch propeller,

the lubricators can, alternatively, be fitted with a
system which controls the dosage in proportion to
the mean effective pressure (mep), option: 4 42 113.
The speed dependent as well as the mep dependent lubricator is equipped with a Load Change
Dependent system (4 42 119), such that the cylinder feed oil rate is automatically increased during
starting, manoeuvring and, preferably, during sudden load changes, see Fig. 6.04.04.

Electrical heating : and

The signal for the load change dependent system

can come from:

Low flow and low level alarms.

The lubricator will, in the basic Speed Dependent

design (4 42 111), pump a fixed amount of oil to the
cylinders for each engine revolution.

Alternative 1

the electronic governor

Alternative 2

a special control box, has to be used on plants

with mechanical-hydraulic governor, if applied

Rev.1

442 600 025

178 53 23

6.04.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

The diagram shows the system in the following condition:

Stopped engine
Electrical power ON
Switch type:
Hans Jensen Lubritron type 9F010 if only alarms are required
Alternatively type 9F001 if alarm and slow down are required for ABS,GL,RS
Terminal designations correspond to No. on wire insulation
All cables and cable connections to be yards supply
4S46MC-C: 1 lubricator,
5S46MC-C: 2 lubricators,
6S46MC-C: 2 lubricators,
7S46MC-C: 2 lubricators,
8S46MC-C: 2 lubricators,

24 glasses of
15 glasses of
18 glasses of
21 glasses of
24 glasses of

125
2 x 75
2 x 100
2 x 125
2 x 125

watt
watt
watt
watt
watt

Power supply according to ships monophase 110V or 220V.

Heater ensures oil temperature of approximately 40-50 C
No flow and low level alarms, for cylinder lubricators
Low level switch A opens at low level
Low flow switch B opens at zero flow in one ball control glass

Fig. 6.04.03: El. diagram, cylinder lubricator

442 600 025

178 53 23

6.04.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 6.04.04: Load change dependent lubricator

The nominal cylinder oil feed rate at nominal MCR

is:

Cylinder Oil Feed Rate (Dosage)

The following guideline for cylinder oil feed rate is
based on service experience from other MC engine
types, as well as todays fuel qualities and operating
conditions.
The recommendations are valid for all plants,
whether controllable pitch or fixed pitch propellers
are used.

1.11.6 g/kWh
0.81.2 g/BHPh
During the first operational period of about 1500
hours, it is recommended to use the upper feed rate.
The feed rate at part load is proportional to the
2

np

second power of the speed: Qp = Q x

442 600 025

178 53 23

6.04.04

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

6.05 Cleaning System, Stuffing Box Drain Oil

For engines running on heavy fuel, it is important
that the oil drained from the piston rod stuffing
boxes is not led directly into the system oil, as the
oil drained from the stuffing box is mixed with sludge
from the scavenge air space.
The performance of the piston rod stuffing box on
the MC engines has proved to be very efficient,
primarily because the hardened piston rod allows a
higher scraper ring pressure.
The amount of drain oil from the stuffing boxes is
about 5 - 10 liters/24 hours per cylinder during
normal service. In the running-in period, it can be
higher.

We therefore consider the piston rod stuffing box

drain oil cleaning system as an option, and recommend that this relatively small amount of drain oil is
used for other purposes or is burnt in the incinerator.
If the drain oil is to be re-used as lubricating oil, it
will be necessary to install the stuffing box drain oil
cleaning system described below.
As an alternative to the tank arrangement shown,
the drain tank (001) can, if required, be designed as
a bottom tank, and the circulating tank (002) can be
installed at a suitable place in the engine room.

The letters refer to List of flanges

Fig. 6.05.01: Optional cleaning system of piston rod, stuffing box drain oil

443 600 025

178 53 25

6.05.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Minimum capacity of tanks

No. of cylinders

C.J.C. Filter

Tank 001

Capacity of pump
4 43 640

Tank 002

at 2 bar

m3
0.2
0.3

46

1 x HDU 427/54

0.6

m
0.7

78

1 x HDU 427/81
or
1 x HDU 327/108

0.9

1.0

Fig. 6.05.02: Capacities of cleaning system, stuffing box drain

The relevant piping arranged on the engine is shown

in Fig. 6.05.03:
Stuffing box, drain pipes

Piston rod lub oil pump and filter unit

(4 43 640)
The filter unit consisting of a pump and a finefilter
(option: 4 43 640) could be of make is by C.C.
Jensen A/S, Denmark. The finefilter cartridge is
made of cellulose fibres and will retain small carbon
particles etc. with relatively low density, which are
not removed by centrifuging.
Lub. oil flow . . . . . . . . . . . . see table in Fig. 6.05.04
Working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6-1.8 bar
Filtration fineness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 m
Working temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 C
Oil viscosity at working temperature . . . . . .75 cSt
Pressure drop at clean filter . . . . maximum 0.6 bar
Filter cartridge . . . maximum pressure drop 1.8 bar

The letters refer to List of flanges

The piping is delivered with and fitted onto the engine

Fig. 6.05.03: Stuffing box, drain pipes

No. of
cylinders

3 x 440 volts
60 Hz

3 x 380 volts
50 Hz

46

PR 0.2 6

PR 0.2 5

7-8

PR 0.3 6

PR 0.3 5

Fig. 6.05.04: Types of piston rod units

443 600 025

178 53 25

6.05.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

Designation of piston rod units
PR 0.2 6
5 = 50 Hz, 3 x 380 Volts
6 = 60 Hz, 3 x 440 Volts
Pump capacity in m3/h

S46MC-C Project Guide

A modular unit is available for this system, option:
4 43 610. See Fig. 6.05.05 Piston rod unit, MAN
B&W/C. C. Jensen. The modular unit consists of a
drain tank, a circulating tank with a heating coil, a
pump and a finefilter, and also includes wiring,
piping, valves and instruments. The piston rod unit
has been tested and is ready to be connected to the
supply connections on board.

Piston rod unit

Fig. 6.05.05.: Piston rod unit, MAN B&W/C. C. Jensen, option: 4 43 610

443 600 025

178 53 25

6.05.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

6.06 Cooling Water Systems

The water cooling can be arranged in several configurations, the most common system choice being:
A low temperature seawater cooling system fig.

The advantages of the central cooling system are:

Only one heat exchanger cooled by seawater, and

thus, only one exchanger to be overhauled

6.06.01, and a freshwater cooling system only for

jacket cooling Fig.6.06.03

All other heat exchangers are freshwater cooled

A central cooling water system, with three circuits:

and can, therefore, be made of a less expensive

material

a seawater system, a low temperature freshwater

system for central cooling Fig 6.07.01, and a high
temperature freshwater system for jacket water.

Few non-corrosive pipes to be installed

Reduced maintenance of coolers and components

The advantages of the seawater cooling system are

mainly related to first cost, viz:

Increased heat utilisation

Only two sets of cooling water pumps

whereas the disadvantages are:

(seawater and jacket water)

Three sets of cooling water pumps (seawater,

Simple installation with few piping systems

freshwater low temperature, and jacket water high

temperature)

Whereas the disadvantages are:

Seawater to all coolers and thereby higher main-

Higher first cost

tenance cost
Expensive seawater piping of non-corrosive materi-

als such as galvanised steel pipes or Cu-Ni pipes

445 600 025

178 53 26

6.06.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

The letters refer to List of flanges

Fig. 6.06.01: Seawater cooling system

Seawater Cooling System

The inter-related positioning of the coolers in the

system serves to achieve:

The seawater system is used for cooling, the main

engine lubricating oil cooler (4 40 605), the jacket
water cooler (4 46 620) and the scavenge air cooler
(4 54 150).
The lubricating oil cooler for a PTO step-up gear
should be connected in parallel with the other
coolers.The capacity of the SW pump (4 45 601) is
based on the outlet temperature of the SW being
maximum 50 C after passing through the coolers
with an inlet temperature of maximum 32 C (tropical
conditions), i.e. a maximum temperature increase of
18 C.
The valves located in the system fitted to adjust the
distribution of cooling water flow are to be provided
with graduated scales.

The lowest possible cooling water inlet tempera-

ture to the lubricating oil cooler in order to obtain

the cheapest cooler. On the other hand, in order
to prevent the lubricating oil from stiffening in cold
services, the inlet cooling water temperature should
not be lower than 10 C.
The lowest possible cooling water inlet tempera-

ture to the scavenge air cooler, in order to keep

the fuel oil consumption as low as possible
The piping delivered with and fitted onto the engine is,
for your guidance shown on Fig. 6.06.02 and
6.06.04. An arrangement common for the main
engine and MAN B&W Holeby auxiliary engines is
available on request.

445 600 025

178 53 26

6.06.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

The letters refer to List of flanges

The pos. numbers refer to List of instruments
The piping is delivered with and fitted onto the engine

Fig. 6.06.02: Cooling water pipes, one air cooler and turbocharger

445 600 025

178 53 26

6.06.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Seawater cooling pump (4 45 601)

Scavenge air cooler (4 54 150)

The pumps are to be of the centrifugal type.

The scavenge air cooler is an integrated part of the

main engine.

Seawater flow . . . . . . . . . . see List of capacities

Pump head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 bar
Test pressure . . . . . . . . . . . according to class rule
Working temperature . . . . . . . . . . maximum 50 C
The capacity must be fulfilled with a tolerance of
between 0% to +10% and covers the cooling of the
main engine only.

Heat dissipation . . . . . . . . see List of capacities

Seawater flow . . . . . . . . . see List of capacities
Seawater temperature,
for SW cooling inlet, max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 C
Pressure drop on
cooling water side . . . . . . . between 0.1 and 0.5 bar
The heat dissipation and the SW flow are based on
an MCR output at tropical conditions, i.e. SW temperature of 32 C and an ambient air temperature of
45 C.

Lub. oil cooler (4 40 605)

See chapter 6.03 Uni-Lubricating oil system.

Seawater thermostatic valve (4 45 610)

Jacket water cooler (4 46 620)
The cooler is to be of the shell and tube or plate heat
exchanger type, made of seawater resistant material.
Heat dissipation . . . . . . . . see List of capacities
Jacket water flow . . . . . . . see List of capacities
Jacket water temperature, inlet . . . . . . . . . . 80 C
Pressure drop
on jacket water side . . . . . . . . . . maximum 0.2 bar
Seawater flow . . . . . . . . . . see List of capacities
Seawater temperature, inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 C
Pressure drop on SW side . . . . . maximum 0.2 bar

The temperature control valve is a three-way valve

which can recirculate all or part of the SW to the
pumps suction side. The sensor is to be located at
the seawater inlet to the lubricating oil cooler, and
the temperature level must be a minimum of +10 C.
Seawater flow . . . . . . . . . . see List of capacities
Temperature range,
adjustable within . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+5 to +32 C

The heat dissipation and the SW flow are based on

an MCR output at tropical conditions, i.e. SW temperature of 32 C and an ambient air temperature of
45 C.

445 600 025

178 53 26

6.06.04

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 6.06.03: Jacket cooling water system

Jacket Cooling Water System

The jacket cooling water system, shown in Fig. 6.06.03,
is used for cooling the cylinder liners, cylinder covers
and exhaust valves of the main engine.
The jacket water pump (4 46 601) draws water from
the jacket water cooler outlet and delivers it to the
engine.
At the inlet to the jacket water cooler there is a
thermostatically controlled regulating valve (4 46
610), with a sensor at the engine cooling water
outlet, which keeps the main engine cooling water
outlet at a temperature of 80 C.
The engine jacket water must be carefully treated,
maintained and monitored so as to avoid corrosion,
corrosion fatigue, cavitation and scale formation. It
is recommended to install a preheater if preheating
is not available from the auxiliary engines jacket
cooling water system.

The venting pipe in the expansion tank should end

just below the lowest water level, and the expansion
tank must be located at least 5 m above the engine
cooling water outlet pipe.
MAN B&Ws recommendations about the freshwater system de-greasing, descaling and treatment
by inhibitors are available on request.
The freshwater generator, if installed, may be connected to the seawater system if the generator does
not have a separate cooling water pump. The generator must be coupled in and out slowly over a
period of at least 3 minutes.
For external pipe connections, we prescribe the
following maximum water velocities:
Jacket water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 m/s
Seawater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 m/s

445 600 025

178 53 26

6.06.05

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

The letters refer to List of flanges

The pos. number refer to List of instruments
The piping is delivered with and fitted onto the engine
Fig. 6.06.04: Jacket water cooling pipes

Jacket water cooling pump (4 46 601)

The pumps are to be of the centrifugal type.
Jacket water flow . . . . . . . see List of capacities
Pump head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 bar
Delivery pressure . . . . . . . . . depends on position
of expansion tank
Test pressure . . . . . . . . . . . according to class rule
Working temperature, . . . . . . . . . . . . normal 80 C
The capacity must be met at a tolerance of 0% to
+10%.
The stated capacities cover the main engine only.
The pump head of the pumps is to be determined
based on the total actual pressure drop across the
cooling water system.

Fig. 6.06.05: Cooling water pipes for turbocharger

445 600 025

178 53 26

6.06.06

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Freshwater generator (4 46 660)

If a generator is installed in the ship for production
of freshwater by utilising the heat in the jacket water
cooling system it should be noted that the actual
available heat in the jacket water system is lower
than indicated by the heat dissipation figures given
in the List of capacities. This is because the latter
figures are used for dimensioning the jacket water
cooler and hence incorporate a safety margin which
can be needed when the engine is operating under
conditions such as, e.g. overload. Normally, this
margin is 10% at nominal MCR.
The calculation of the heat actually available at
specified MCR for a derated diesel engine is stated
in chapter 6.01 List of capacities.

Temperature
increase
of jacket water
1.25%
C
1.50%
1.00%
60

Preheater
capacity in
% of nominal
MCR power

0.75%

50
0.50%
40

30

20

10

Jacket water thermostatic valve (4 46 610)

0

The temperature control system can be equipped

with a three-way valve mounted as a diverting valve,
which by-pass all or part of the jacket water around
the jacket water cooler.
The sensor is to be located at the outlet from the
main engine, and the temperature level must be
adjustable in the range of 70-90 C.

Jacket water preheater (4 46 630)

See Fig. 6.06.06.

10

20

30

40

50

60

70 hours

Preheating time
Fig. 6.06.06: Jacket water preheater

Start of cold engine

In exceptional circumstances where it is not possible to comply with the above mentioned recommendation, a minimum of 20 C can be accepted
before the engine is started and run up slowly to
90% of specified MCR speed.

Temperature at start of engine

In order to protect the engine, some minimum temperture restrictions have to be considered before
starting the engine and, in order to avoid corrosive
attacks on the cylinder liners during starting.

However, before exceeding 90% specified MCR

speed, a minimum engine temperature of 50 C
should be obtained and, between 90% and 100%
specified MCR speed, it is recommended that the
load be increased slowly i.e. over a period of at
least 30 minutes.

Normal start of engine

Normally, a minimum engine jacket water temperature of 50 C is recommended before the engine is
started and run up gradually to 90% of specified
MCR speed.

The time period required for increasing the jacket

water temperature from 20 C to 50 C will depend
on the amount of water in the jacket cooling water
system, and the engine load.

For running between 90% and 100% of specified

MCR speed, it is recommended that the load be
increased slowly i.e. over a period of 30 minutes.

445 600 025

178 53 26

6.06.07

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Please note:
The above considerations are based on the assumption that the engine has already been well run-in.
Preheating during standstill periods
During short stays in port (i.e. less than 4-5 days), it
is recommended that the engine is kept preheated,
the purpose being to prevent temperature variation
in the engine structure and corresponding variation
in thermal expansions and possible leakage.

Expansion tank (4 46 648)

The total expansion tank volume has to be approximate 10% of the total jacket cooling water amount
in the system.
As a guideline, the volume of the expansion tanks
for main engine output are:
Between 2,700 kW and 15,000 kW . . . . . .1.00m3

The jacket cooling water outlet temperature should

be kept as high as possible and should before
starting-up be increased to at least 50 C, either
by means of cooling water from the auxiliary engines, or by means of a built-in preheater in the
jacket cooling water system, or a combination.

Preheating of Diesel Engine

When a preheater is installed in the jacket cooling
water system, its water flow, and thus the preheater
pump capacity, should be about 10% of the jacket
water main pump capacity. Based on experience, it
is recommended that the pressure drop across the
preheater should be approx. 0.2 bar. The preheater
pump and main pump should be electrically interlocked to avoid the risk of simultaneous operation.
The preheater capacity depends on the required
preheating time and the required temperture increase of the engine jacket water. The temperature
and time relationships are shown in Fig. 6.06.06.
In general, a temperature increase of about 35 C
(from 15 C to 50 C) is required, and a preheating
time of 12 hours requires a preheater capacity of
about 1% of the engines nominal MCR power.

De-aerating tank (4 46 640)

Design and dimensions are shown on Fig. 6.06.06
De-aerating tank and the corresponding alarm
device (4 46 645) is shown on Fig. 6.06.08 De-aerating tank, alarm device.

445 600 025

178 53 26

6.06.08

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Dimensions in mm
Tank size

0.05 m3

Maximum J.W. capacity

120 m3/h

Maximum nominal bore

125

150

300

910

300

320

ND 50

ND 32

ND: Nominal diameter

Working pressure is according to actual piping
arrangement.
In order not to impede the rotation of water, the pipe
connection must end flush with the tank, so that no
internal edges are protuding.
Fig. 6.06.07: De-aerating tank, option: 4 46 640

Fig. 6.06.08: De-aerating tank, alarm device, option: 4 46 645

445 600 025

178 53 26

6.06.09

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

6.07 Central Cooling Water System

Letters refer to List of flanges

Fig. 6.07.01: Central cooling system

The central cooling water system is characterised

by having only one heat exchanger cooled by seawater, and by the other coolers, including the jacket
water cooler, being cooled by the freshwater low
temperature (FW-LT) system.
In order to prevent too high a scavenge air temperature, the cooling water design temperature in the
FW-LT system is normally 36 C, corresponding to
a maximum seawater temperature of 32 C.
Our recommendation of keeping the cooling water
inlet temperature to the main engine scavenge air
cooler as low as possible also applies to the central
cooling system. This means that the temperature con-

trol valve in the FW-LT circuit is to be set to minimum

10 C, whereby the temperature follows the outboard seawater temperature when this exceeds 10 C.
An arrangement common to both the main engine and
the MAN B&W Holeby auxiliary engines, is available
on request.
For external pipe connections, we prescribe the
following maximum water velocities:
Jacket water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 m/s
Central cooling water (FW-LT) . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 m/s
Seawater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 m/s

445 650 002

178 53 27

6.07.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Central cooling water pumps,
low temperature (4 45 651)

Seawater cooling pumps (4 45 601)

The pumps are to be of the centrifugal type.

The pumps are to be of the centrifugal type.

Seawater flow . . . . . . . . . . see List of capacities
Pump head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 bar
Test pressure . . . . . . . . . . according to class rules
Working temperature,
normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-32 C
Working temperature . . . . . . . . . . maximum 50 C
The capacity is to be within a tolerance of 0% +10%.
The differential pressure of the pumps is to be
determined on the basis of the total actual pressure
drop across the cooling water system.

Central cooler (4 45 670)

The cooler is to be of the shell and tube or plate heat
exchanger type, made of seawater resistant material.

Freshwater flow . . . . . . . . see List of capacities

Pump head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 bar
Delivery pressure . . . . . . . depends on location of
expansion tank
Test pressure . . . . . . . . . . according to class rules
Working temperature,
normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 C
Working temperature . . . . . . . . . . maximum 90 C
The flow capacity is to be within a tolerance of
0% +10%.
The list of capacities covers the main engine only.The
differential pressure provided by the pumps is to be
determined on the basis of the total actual pressure
drop across the cooling water system.

Central cooling water thermostatic valve (4 45 660)

Heat dissipation . . . . . . . . see List of capacities
Central cooling water flow see List of capacities
Central cooling water temperature,
outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36C
Pressure drop on central cooling
side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . maximum 0.2 bar
Seawater flow . . . . . . . . . . see List of capacities
Seawater temperature,
inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 C
Pressure drop on SW side . . . . . maximum 0.2 bar
The pressure drop may be larger, depending on the
actual system design.

The low temperature cooling system is to be equipped with a three-way valve, mounted as a mixing
valve, which by-passes all or part of the fresh water
around the central cooler.
The sensor is to be located at the common outlet
pipe from the thermostatic valve and is set so as to
keep a temperature level of minimum 10 C.

Lubricating oil cooler (4 40 605)

See Lubricating oil system.

The heat dissipation and the SW flow figures are

based on MCR output at tropical conditions, i.e. a
SW temperature of 32 C and an ambient air temperature of 45 C.
Overload running at tropical conditions will slightly
increase the temperature level in the cooling system, and will also slightly influence the engine performance.

Rev. 1

445 650 002

178 53 27

6.07.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Jacket water cooler (4 46 620)

The cooler is to be of the shell and tube or plate heat
exchanger type.
Heat dissipation . . . . . . . . see List of capacities
Jacket water flow . . . . . . . see List of capacities
Jacket water temperature,
inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 C
Pressure drop
on jacket water side . . . . . . . . . . maximum 0.2 bar
FW-LT flow . . . . . . . . . . . . see List of capacities
FW-LT temperature, inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 C
Pressure drop on FW-LT side . . . maximum 0.2 bar
The heat dissipation and the FW-LT flow figures are
based on an MCR output at tropical conditions, i.e.
a maximum SW temperature of 32 C and an ambient air temperature of 45 C.

Scavenge air cooler (4 54 150)

The scavenge air cooler is an integrated part of the
main engine.
Heat dissipation . . . . . . . . see List of capacities
FW-LT water flow . . . . . . . see List of capacities
FW-LT water temperature,
inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 C
Pressure drop
on FW-LT water side . . . . . approximately 0.5 bar

445 650 002

178 53 27

6.07.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

6.08 Starting and Control Air Systems

A: Valve A is supplied with the engine

AP: Air inlet for dry cleaning of turbocharger
The letters refer to List of flanges

Fig. 6.08.01: Starting and control air systems

The starting air of 30 bar is supplied by the starting

air compressors (4 50 602) in Fig. 6.08.01 to the
starting air receivers (4 50 615) and from these to
the main engine inlet A.
Through a reduction station (4 50 665), compressed
air at 7 bar is supplied to the engine as:
Control air for manoeuvring system, and for

exhaust valve air springs, through B

Safety air for emergency stop through C

Through a reducing valve (4 50 675) to AP for

turbocharger cleaning (soft blast) , and a minor

volume used for the fuel valve testing unit

The air consumption for control air, safety air, turbocharger cleaning, sealing air for exhaust valve
and for fuel valve testing unit and starting of auxiliary
engines is covered by the capacities stated for the
air receivers and compressors in the List of Capacities.

450 600 025

178 53 28

6.08.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

I = Pneumatic components box

The letters refer to List of flanges
The pos. numbers refer to List of instruments
The piping is delivered with and fitted onto the engine

Fig. 6.08.02: Starting air pipes

An arrangement common for main engine and MAN

B&W Holeby auxiliary engines is available on request.
The starting air pipes, Fig. 6.08.02, contains a main
starting valve (a ball valve with actuator), a non-return valve, a starting air distributor and starting
valves. The main starting valve is combined with the
manoeuvring system, which controls the start of the

engine. Slow turning before start of engine is an

option: 4 50 140 and is recommended by MAN B&W
Diesel.
The starting air distributor regulates the supply of
control air to the starting valves in accordance with
the correct firing sequence.

450 600 025

178 53 28

6.08.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 6.08.03: Air spring and sealing air pipes for exhaust valves

The pos. numbers refer to List of instruments

The piping is delivered with and fitted onto the engine

The exhaust valve is opened hydraulically, and the

closing force is provided by a pneumatic spring
which leaves the valve spindle free to rotate. The
compressed air is taken from the manoeuvring air
system.

Also the sealing air for the exhaust valve spindle

comes from the manoeuvring system, and is activated by the control air pressure, see Fig. 6.08.03.

450 600 025

178 53 28

6.08.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Starting air compressors (4 50 602)

Turning gear

The starting air compressors are to be of the watercooled, two-stage type with intercooling.

The turning wheel has cylindrical teeth and is fitted

to the thrust shaft. The turning wheel is driven by a
pinion on the terminal shaft of the turning gear,
which is mounted on the bedplate. Engagement and
disengagement of the turning gear is effected by
axial movement of the pinion.

Air intake quantity:

Reversible engine,
for 12 starts: . . . . . . . . . . see List of capacities
Non-reversible engine,
for 6 starts: . . . . . . . . . . see List of capacities
Delivery pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 bar

Starting air receivers (4 50 615)

The starting air receivers shall be provided with man
holes and flanges for pipe connections.
The volume of the two receivers is:
Reversible engine,
for 12 starts: . . . . . . . . . . see List of capacities
Non-reversible engine,
for 6 starts: . . . . . . . . . . . see List of capacities
Working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 bar
Test pressure . . . . . . . . . . according to class rule
The volume stated is at 25 C and 1,000 m bar

Reduction station (4 50 665)

Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . from 30 bar to 7 bar
(Tolerance -10% +10%)
Capacity:
1400 Normal litres/min of free air . . . . . 0.023 m3/s
Filter, fineness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 m

The turning gear is driven by an

electric motor with a built-in gear
and brake. The size of the electric
motor is stated in Fig. 6.08.04. The
turning gear is equipped with a
blocking device that prevents the
main engine from starting when the
turning gear is engaged.

Reducing valve (4 50 675)

Reduction from . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 bar to 7 bar
(Tolerance -10% +10%)
Capacity:
2600 Normal litres/min of free air . . . . . 0.043 m3/s
The piping delivered with and fitted onto the main
engine is, for your guidance, shown on:
Starting air pipes
Air spring pipes and sealing air pipes for exhaust
valves

450 600 025

178 53 28

6.08.04

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Electric motor
3 x 440V 60Hz
Brake power supply 240V 60Hz

Electric motor
3 x 380V 50Hz
Brake power supply 220V 50Hz
Current

Current

No. of
cylinders

Power
kW

Start
Amp.

Normal
Amp.

No. of
cylinders

Power
kW

Start
Amp.

Normal
Amp.

4-8

2.2

23.4

4.8

4-8

2.2

26.9

5.5

Fig. 6.08.04: Electric motor for turning gear

450 600 025

178 53 28

6.08.05

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

6.09 Scavenge Air System

Fig. 6.09.01: Scavenge air system

The engine is supplied with scavenge air from one

or optionally two turbochargers. The compressor of
the turbocharger sucks air from the engine room,
through an air filter, and the compressed air is
cooled by the scavenge air cooler, one per turbocharger. The scavenge air cooler is provided with a
water mist catcher, which prevents condensated
water from being carried with the air into the
scavenge air receiver and to the combustion chamber, see Fig. 6.09.02.

The scavenge air system, (see Figs. 6.09.01 and

6.09.03) is an integrated part of the main engine.
The heat dissipation and cooling water quantities
are based on MCR at tropical conditions, i.e. a SW
temperature of 32 C, or a FW temperature of 36 C,
and an ambient air inlet temperature of 45 C.

455 600 025

178 53 29

6.09.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Auxiliary Blowers
The engine is provided with two electrically driven
auxiliary blowers. Between the scavenge air cooler
and the scavenge air receiver, non-return valves are
fitted which close automa- tically when the auxiliary
blowers start supplying the scavenge air.
Both auxiliary blowers start con secutively operating
before the engine is started and will ensure complete scavenging of the cylinders in the starting
phase, thus providing the best conditions for a safe
start.
During operation of the engine, the auxiliary blowers
will start automatically whenever the engine load is
reduced to about 30-40% and will continue operating until the load again exceeds approximately
40-50%.

without any manual readjustment of the valves

being necessary. This is achieved by automatically
working non-return valves.

Electrical panel for two auxiliary blowers

The auxiliary blowers are, as standard, fitted onto
the main engine, and the control system for the
auxiliary blowers can be delivered separately as an
option: 4 55 650.
The layout of the control system for the auxiliary
blowers is shown in Figs. 6.09.04a and 6.09.04b
Electrical panel for two auxiliary blowers, and
the data for the electric motors fitted onto the
main engine is found in Fig. 6.09.05 Electric motor
for auxiliary blower.
The data for the scavenge air cooler is specified in
the description of the cooling water system chosen.

Emergency running
If one of the auxiliary blowers is out of action, the
other auxiliary blower will function in the system,

Fig. 6.09.02 Drain pipe for scavenge air cooler

455 600 025

178 53 29

6.09.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

The letters refer to List of flanges

The position numbers refer to List of instruments
Fig. 6.09.03: Scavenge air pipes, for engines with one turbocharger on aft end

Control panel
Motor size
3 x 440 V
18 - 80 A
11 - 45 kW

W
mm

300

H
mm

460

Electric panel
D
mm

3 x 380 V
18 - 80 A
9 - 40 kW
300

460

H
mm

D
mm

Maximum
stand-by heating
element

400

600

300

100 W

600

600

350

250 W

400

600

300

100 W

600

600

350

250 W

150

3 x 440 V
63 - 250 A
67 - 155 kW

3 x 380 V
80 - 250 A
40 - 132 kW

W
mm

150

Fig. 6.09.04a: Electrical panel for two auxiliary blowers inclusive starters, option 4 55 650

455 600 025

178 53 29

6.09.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

PSC 418: Pressure switch for control of scavenge air auxiliary blowers. Start at 0.45 bar, Stop at 0.7 bar
PSA 419: Low scavenge air pressure switch for alarm. Alarm at 0.39 bar
G:

Mode selector switch. The OFF and ON modes are independent of K1, K2 and PSC 418

K1:

Switch in telegraph system. Closed at finished with engine

K2:

Switch in safety system. Closed at shut down

Fig. 6.09.04b: Control panel for two auxiliary blowers inclusive starters, option 4 55 650

455 600 025

178 53 29

6.09.04

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

Turbocharger located on aft end of engine

Make: ABB, or similar
Number of
3 x 440V-60Hz-2p
cylinders
Type

S46MC-C Project Guide

Current

Power
kW

Start Amp.

Norm. Amp.

Mass
kg

2 x M2AA180M

2 x 26

1 x 290

2 x 42

2 x 120

5
6

2 x M2AA200MLA
2 x M2AA200MLA

2 x 35
2 x 35

1 x 382
1 x 382

2 x 57
2 x 57

2 x 170
2 x 170

7
8

2 x M2AA200MLB
2 x M2AA225SMB

2 x 44
2 x 54

1 x 483
1 x 602

2 x 71
2 x 86

2 x 195
2 x 245

Turbocharger located on exhaust side of engine

Make: ABB, or similar
Number of
3 x 380V-50Hz-2p
cylinders
Type

Current

Power
kW

Start Amp.

Norm. Amp.

Mass
kg

2 x M2AA200MLA

2 x 30

1 x 360

2 x 55

2 x 170

5
6
7
8

2 x M2AA200MLA
2 x M2AA200MLB
2 x M2AA225SMB
2 x M2AA225SMA

2 x 30
2 x 37
2 x 45
2 x 55

1 x 360
1 x 435
1 x 550
1 x 750

2 x 55
2 x 68
2 x 82
2 x 100

2 x 170
2 x 195
2 x 245
2 x 280

Enclosure IP44
Insulation class: minimum B
Speed of fan: about 2940 and 3540 r/min for 50Hz and 60Hz respectively
The electric motors are delivered with and fitted onto the engine
Fig. 6.09.05: Electric motor for auxiliary blower

455 600 025

178 53 29

6.09.05

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Air Cooler Cleaning System

Steam can be applied through BV, if required, to

facilitate the draining.

The air cooler elements must be dismantled for

cleaning due to their small size.
To clean a scavenge air cooler element the cooling
water is drained off, the element is lowered to the
platform, and a tarpaulin cloth is placed around the
platform, fig. 6.09.06.
Pure water from the fresh water generator is used
for cleaning of the element. Alternatively, the dirty
cooler element could be replaced by a clean spare
one, which is an option.

The continuous drain from the scavenge air box

must not be directly connected to the sludge tank
owing to the scavenge air pressure. The pressurised drain tank must be designed to withstand
full scavenge air pressure and, if steam is applied,
to withstand the steam pressure available.

Drain from water mist catcher

As an alternative to the described method of cleaning the scavenge air cooler elements on the engine,
the elements can be dismantled and submerged in
a cleaning vessel as described in the instruction
book. The cleaning vessel is yards supply.

The drain line for the air cooler system is, during
running, used as a permanent drain from the air
cooler water mist catcher. The water is led though
an orifice to prevent major losses of scavenge air.
The system is equipped with a drain box, where a
level switch LSA 434 is mounted, indicating any
excessive water level, see Fig. 6.09.02.

The scavenge air box is continuously drained through

AV to a small pressurised drain tank, from where
the sludge is led to the sludge tank, fig. 6.09.07.

The system delivered with and fitted onto the engine

is shown in Fig. 6.09.08 Scavenge air space, drain
pipes.

The piping is delivered with and fitted onto the engine.

Fig. 6.09.06: Air cooler element cleaning

455 600 025

178 53 29

6.09.06

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Air Cooler Cleaning System

The air side of the scavenge air cooler can be
cleaned by injecting a grease dissolvent through
AK (see Figs. 6.09.06a and 6.09.06b) to a spray
pipe arrangement fitted to the air chamber above
the air cooler element.
Sludge is drained through AL to the bilge tank, and
the polluted grease dissolvent returns from AM,
through a filter, to the chemical cleaning tank. The
cleaning must be carried out while the engine is at
standstill. The piping delivered with and fitted onto
the engine is shown in Fig. 6.09.06a Air cooler
cleaning pipes.
The letters refer to List of flanges
The piping is delivered with and fitted onto the engine

To suit the chemical requirement

178 31 45-4.0

4-5 cyl.

6-7 cyl.

8 cyl.

Chemical tank capacity

0.3 m3

0.6 m3

1.0 m3

Circulating pump
capacity at 3 bar

1 m3/h

2 m3/h

5 m3/h

d: Nominal diameter

25 mm

32 mm

50 mm

Fig. 6.09.06a: Air cooler cleaning pipes

Available as a module:
"Air Cooler Cleaning Unit"
Option: 4 55 655
MAN B&W/C. C. Jensen
The letters refer to "List of flanges"
Fig. 6.09.06b: Air cooler cleaning system, option: 4 55 655
178 06 23-1.1

455 600 025

178 59 18

6.09.07

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

No. of cylinders

Capacity of drain tank

4-6

0.4 m3

7-8

0.7 m3

The letters refer to List of flanges

Fig. 6.09.07: Scavenge box drain system

455 600 025

178 53 29

6.09.08

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

The letters refer to List of flanges

The piping is delivered with and fitted onto the engine

Fig. 6.09.08: Scavenge air space, drain pipes

Fire Extinguishing System for

Scavenge Air Space
Fire in the scavenge air space can be extinguished
by steam, being the standard version, or, optionally,
by water mist or CO2.
The alternative external systems are shown in Fig.
6.09.09:
Fire extinguishing system for scavenge air space
standard: 4 55 140 Steam
or option: 4 55 142 Water mist
or option: 4 55 143 CO2
The corresponding internal systems fitted on the
engine are shown in Fig. 6.09.10a and 6.09.10b:
Fire extinguishing in scavenge air space (steam)
Fire extinguishing in scavenge air space (water mist)
Fire extinguishing in scavenge air space (CO2)

455 600 025

178 53 29

6.09.09

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Standard: Steam extinguishing
Steam pressure: 3-10 bar
Steam approx.: 1.9 kg/cyl

Option: Water mist extinguishing

Freshwater pressure: min. 3.5 bar
Freshwater approx.: 1.5 kg/cyl.

Option: CO2 extinguishing

CO2 test pressure: 150 bar
3.7 kg/cyl.
CO2 approx.:

20 mm nominal bore

The letters refer to List of flanges

To prevent the fire from spreading to the next cylinder(s),
the ball-valve of the neighbouring cylinder(s) should be
opened in the event of fire in one cylinder

Fig. 6.09.09: Fire extinguishing system for scavenge air space

455 600 025

178 53 29

6.09.10

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 6.09.10a: Fire extinguishing pipes in scavenge air space (steam): 4 55 140
Fire extinguishing pipes in scavenge air space (water mist), option: 4 55 142

The letters refer to List of flanges

The piping is delivered with and fitted onto the engine
Fig. 6.09.10b: Fire extinguishing pipes in scavenge air space (CO2), option: 4 55 143

455 600 025

178 53 29

6.09.11

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

6.10 Exhaust Gas System

Fig. 6.10.01: Exhaust gas system on engine

Exhaust Gas System on Engine

Turbocharger arrangement and

cleaning systems

The exhaust gas is led from the cylinders to the

exhaust gas receiver where the fluctuating pressures from the cylinders are equalised and from
where the gas is led further on to the turbocharger
at a constant pressure, see Fig.6.10.01.
Compensators are fitted between the exhaust valves
and the exhaust gas receiver and between the receiver and the turbocharger. A protective grating is
placed between the exhaust gas receiver and the
turbocharger. The turbocharger is fitted with a pickup for remote indication of the turbocharger speed.
The exhaust gas receiver and the exhaust pipes are
provided with insulation, covered by steel plating.

The turbocharger is, in the basic design (4 59 121),

arranged on the aft end of the engine, but can, as an
option: 4 59 123, be arranged on the exhaust side of
the engine.
The engine is designed for the installation of either
MAN B&W turbocharger type NA/TO (4 59 101),
ABB turbocharger type VTR (4 59 102), or Mitsubishi
turbolager type MET (4 59 103).
The turbocharger is fitted with an arrangement for
water washing of the compressor side, and soft
blast cleaning of the turbine side, see Fig. 6.10.03,
as well as water washing of the turbine side: 4 59
210, on MAN B&W or ABB turbochargers only, see
Figs. 6.10.04 and 6.10.05.

460 600 025

178 53 30

6.10.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

The letters refer to List of flanges

The position numbers refer to List of instruments
The piping is delivered with and fitted onto the engine
Fig. 6.10.02: Exhaust gas pipes, with turbocharger located on aft end of engine (4 59 121)

1. Tray for solid granules (nut shells)

2. Container for granules
3. Container for water
The letters refer to List of flanges
The piping is delivered with and fitted onto the engine
Fig. 6.10.03: Turbocharger cleaning

460 600 025

178 53 30

6.10.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 6.10.04: MAN B&W turbocharger, water washing, turbine side, 4 59 210

The letters refer to List of flanges

The position numbers refer to List of instruments
Fig. 6.10.05: ABB turbocharger, water washing, turbine side, 4 59 210
460 600 025

178 53 30

6.10.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

The nominal diameter of the exhaust pipe for a

standard installation is:
Engine
specified MCR
in kW
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
7500
8000
8500
9000
9500
10000
11000

Exhaust pipe dia.

D0 and H1 in mm
600
650
650
700
750
750
800
850
850
900
900
950
950
1000
1050

MAN B&W turbocharger related figures:

Type
M1 Nm
M3 Nm
F1 N
F2 N
F3 N
W
kg

NA40
3000
2000
5000
5000
2000
1000

NA48
3600
2400
6000
6000
2400
1000

NA57
4300
3000
7000
7000
3000
2000

ABB turbocharger related figures:

Type
M1 Nm
M3 Nm
F1 N
F2 N
F3 N
W
kg

Maximum forrces and moments permissible at the

turbochargers gas outlet flange are as follows:
Movement at expansion joint based on the thermal
expansion of the engine from ambient temperature
to service temperature:
Cylinder No.
4
5
6
7
8
7.2
7.8
8.0
8.9
9.1
DA mm
2.4
2.8
3.1
3.5
3.8
DR mm
DA = axial movement at compensator
DR = lateral movement at compensator

VTR454
3500
2300
5500
2700
1900
1000

VTR564
5000
3300
6700
3800
2800
2000

Mitsubishi turbolader related figures:

Type
MET42SE
MET53SE
M1 Nm
3400
4900
M3 Nm
1700
2500
F1 N
5800
7300
F2 N
2000
2600
F3 N
1800
2300
W
kg
1400
2800

MET66SE
6800
3400
9300
3200
3000
5200

The crane beams shall be long enough for the crane

to be able to lift at both sides of the turbocharger.
The lifting capacity of the crane is W stated in the
table.

F1
D0

F2

M3
Fixed point

F3

Expansion joint
option: 4 60 610
Transition piece,
option: 4 60 601

DA
DR
H1

M1

D0

Centreline turbocharger

Fig 6.10.06: Exhaust pipe system, with turbocharger located on aft end of engine

460 600 025

178 53 30

6.10.04

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Pipe bends etc.

Change-over valves
Change-over valve of
type with constant
cross section
a = 0.6 to 1.2
b = 1.0 to 1.5
c = 1.5 to 2.0

Change-over valve of
type with volume
a = b = about 2.0

R=D
R = 1.5D
R = 2D

= 0.28
= 0.20
= 0.17

R=D
R = 1.5D
R = 2D

= 0.16
= 0.12
= 0.11

= 0.05

R=D
R = 1.5D
R = 2D

= 0.45
= 0.35
= 0.30

= 0.14

Outlet from
top of exhaust
gas uptake
Inlet
(from
turbocharger)

= 1.00

= 1.00

Fig. 6.10.07: Pressure losses and coefficients of resistance in exhaust pipes

460 600 025

178 53 30

6.10.05

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Exhaust Gas System after Turbocharger

Exhaust gas boiler

At specified MCR (M), the total back-pressure in the

exhaust gas system after the turbocharger indicated by the static pressure measured in the piping
after the turbocharger must not exceed 350 mm
WC (0.035 bar).

At specified MCR, the max. recommended pressure

loss across the exhaust gas boiler is normally 150
mm WC.

In order to have a back-pressure margin for the final

system, it is recommended at the design stage to
initially use about 300 mm WC (0.030 bar).
For dimensioning of the external exhaust gas pipings,
the recommended maximum exhaust gas velocity
is 50 m/s at specified MCR (M). For dimensioning of
the external exhaust pipe connections, see Figs.
6.10.06 and 6.10.07.
The actual back-pressure in the exhaust gas system
at MCR depends on the gas velocity, i.e. it is proportional to the square of the exhaust gas velocity,
and hence inversely proportional to the pipe diameter to the 4th power. It is normal practice to have
an exhaust gas velocity of about 35-40 m/sec after
the exhaust gas boiler.
As long as the total back-pressure of the exhaust
gas system incorporating all resistance losses
from pipes and components complies with the
above-mentioned requirements, the pressure losses
across each component may be chosen independently,
see Fig. 6.10.07.
The general design guidelines for each component,
described below, can be used for guidance purposes at the initial project stage.

Exhaust gas compensator after turbocharger

When dimensioning the compensator, option: 4 60
610 for the expansion joint on the turbocharger gas
outlet transition pipe, option: 4 60 601 allowance is
to be made, among other things, for the engines
contribution to the thermal expansion during warming up from cold condition to service temperature.
At the same time, it must be ensured that the compensator force does not, under any circumstances,
act on the gas outlet flange of the turbocharger with
a force or moment larger than indicated in Fig.
6.10.06.

This pressure loss depends on the pressure loss in

the rest of the system as mentioned above. Therefore, if an exhaust gas silencer/spark arrester is not
installed, the acceptable pressure loss across the
boiler may be somewhat higher than the max. of 150
mm WC, whereas, if an exhaust gas silencer/spark
arrester is installed, it may be necessary to reduce
the max. pressure loss.
It should be noted that the above-mentioned pressure loss across the boiler also incorporates the
pressure losses of the inlet and outlet transition
boxes.

Exhaust gas silencer and/or spark arrester

The typical octave band sound pressure levels from
the diesel engines exhaust gas system related to
the distance of one metre from the top of the exhaust gas uptake are shown in Fig. 6.10.08.
For each doubling of the distance, the noise level
will be reduced by about 6 dB (far-field law).
In the event that an exhaust gas silencer is required
this depends on the actual noise level requirements on the bridge wing, which is normally maximum 60-70 dB(A) a simple flow silencer of the
absorption type is recommended. Depending on the
manufacturer, this type of silencer normally has a
pressure loss of around 10-30 mm WC at specified
MCR.
It is recommended that the combined pressure loss
across the silencer and/or spark arrester should not
be allowed to exceed 100 mm WC at specified MCR
depending, of course, on the pressure loss in the
remaining part of the system.
The above-mentioned pressure loss across the
silencer and/or spark arrester shall include the pressure losses from the inlet and outlet transition pieces.

460 600 025

178 53 30

6.10.06

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Calculation of Exhaust Gas

Back-Pressure

where the expression after is the dynamic pressure of the flow in the pipe.

Fig. 6.10.07 shows some guidelines regarding resistance coefficients and back-pressure loss calculations which can be used, if the makers data for
back-pressure is not available at the early project
stage.

The friction losses in the straight pipes may, as a

guidance, be estimated as :

The pressure loss calculations have to be based on

the actual exhaust gas amount and temperature
valid for specified MCR. Some general formulas and
definitions are given in the following.

Exhaust gas data

M exhaust gas amount at specified MCR in kg/sec.
T exhaust gas temperature at specified MCR in C
Please note that the actual exhaust gas temperature
is different before and after the boiler. The exhaust
gas data valid after the turbocharger may be found
in Section 6.01.
Mass density of exhaust gas ()

1 mm WC per length per 1 x diameter,

whereas the positive influence of the up-draught in
the vertical pipe is normally negligible.
Pressure losses across components (p)
The pressure loss p across silencer, exhaust gas
boiler, spark arrester, rain water trap, etc., to be
measured/stated as shown in Fig. 6.11.07 (at specified MCR) is normally given by the relevant manufacturer.
Total back-pressure (pm)
The total back-pressure, measured/stated as the
static pressure in the pipe after the turbocharger, is
then:
pM = p
where p incorporates all pipe elements and components etc. as described:

273
1.293 x
x 1.015 in kg/m3
273 + T
The factor 1.015 refers to the average back-pressure of 150 mm WC (0.015 bar) in the exhaust gas
system.

pM has to be lower than 350 mm WC.

(At design stage it is recommended to use max. 300
mm WC in order to have some margin for fouling).

Exhaust gas velocity (v)

In a pipe with diameter D the exhaust gas velocity is:

v=

4
in m/sec
x D2

Pressure losses in pipes (p)

For a pipe element, like a bend etc., with the resistance
coefficient , the corresponding pressure loss is:
2

p = x 1/2 v x

1
in mm WC
9.81

460 600 025

178 53 30

6.10.07

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Measuring of Back Pressure

At any given position in the exhaust gas system, the
total pressure of the flow can be divided into dynamic pressure (referring to the gas velocity) and
static pressure (referring to the wall pressure, where
the gas velocity is zero).
At a given total pressure of the gas flow, the combination of dynamic and static pressure may change,
depending on the actual gas velocity. The measurements, in principle, give an indication of the wall
pressure, i.e., the static pressure of the gas flow.

the exhaust gas pipe, and at some distance from an

obstruction, i.e. at a point where the gas flow, and
thereby also the static pressure, is stable. The taking
of measurements, for example, in a transition piece,
may lead to an unreliable measurement of the static
pressure.
In consideration of the above, therefore, the total
back pressure of the system has to be measured
after the turbocharger in the circular pipe and not in
the transition piece. The same considerations apply
to the measuring points before and after the exhaust
gas boiler, etc.

It is, therefore, very important that the back pressure

measuring points are located on a straight part of

Fig. 6.10.08: ISOs NR curves and typical sound pressure levels from diesel engines exhaust gas system
The noise levels refer to nominal MCR and a distance of 1 metre from the edge of the exhaust gas pipe opening
at an angle of 30 degrees to the gas flow and valid for an exhaust gas system without boiler and silencer, etc.

460 600 025

178 53 30

6.10.08

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

6.11 Manoeuvring System

The engine is, as standard, provided with a pneumatic/electronic manoeuvring system for transmitting the orders from the control room manoeuvring
console to the engine, and electronic governor is
however often used in connection with controllable
pitch propeller.

zero. The fuel pump roller guides are provided with

non-displaceable rollers.
Engine with emergency reversing

Option 4 30 109:
The fuel pump roller guides are of the reversible
type and are supplied with permanent air pressure
for Ahead position, during the start procedure.

See the manoeuvring diagram in Fig. 6.11.01 for a

reversible engine with fixed pitch propeller (FPP),
prepared for remote control.
From the manoeuvring console it is possible to start
and stop the engine, and to control the engine
speed, by activating the solenoid valves EV684,
EV682.

Emergency reversing from the manoeuvring console is effected with a separate handle, as the
manoeuvring handle has no reversing switches.

Shut Down System

Reversing of the engine from the manoeuvring console is initiated by setting the manoeuvring handle
(not standard) to the appropriate position (Ahead or
Astern), whereby EV683 or EV685 is activated. Control air then reverses the starting air distributor and,
via air cylinders, the angular displaceable rollers of
the fuel pump roller guides.

The engine is stopped by activating the puncture

valve located in the fuel pump. During shut-down,
this system will relieve the high pressure by activating solenoid valve EV658. The solenoid valve which
controls the air to the puncture valves is activated
electrically by the shut down system.

The engine is provided with an engine side control

console (for emergency running) and an instrument
panel.

Slow Turning

Fixed Pitch Propeller (FPP)

Plants equipped with a fixed pitch propeller require
the components for the reversible engine (4 30 101),
shown in Fig. 6.11.01, are applied.

Controllable Pitch Propeller (CPP)

The standard manoeuvring system does not feature

slow turning before starting, but for unattended
machinery spaces (UMS) we strongly recommend
the addition of the slow turning device shown in
Fig 6.11.03, option 4 50 140.
The slow turning valve allows the starting air to
partially by-pass the main starting valve. During
slow turning the engine will rotate so slowly that, in
the event that liquids have accumulated on the
piston top, the engine will stop before any harm
occurs.

For plants with CPP, two alternatives are available:

Non-reversible engine

Option: 4 30 104:
If a controllable pitch propeller is coupled to the
engine, a manoeuvring system according to Fig.
6.11.02 is to be used. The solenoid valve EV662
shown in the centre of Fig. 6.11.02 permits the
engine to start only when the propeller pitch is

465 100 010

178 53 31

6.11.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Governors

The electronic governor consists of the following elements:

When selecting the governor, the complexity of the

installation has to be considered. We normally distinguish between conventional and advanced
marine installations.

Actuator
Revolution transmitter (pick-ups)
Electronic governor panel
Power supply unit
Pressure transmitter for scavenge air

Conventional plants
Examples of conventional marine installations are:
An engine directly coupled to a fixed pitch propeller
An engine directly coupled to a controllable pitch

The actuator, revolution transmitter and the pressure transmitter are mounted on the engine.
With a view to such installations, the engine is, as
standard, equipped with an electronic governor approved by MAN B&W, e.g.:

propeller, without clutch and without extreme demands on the propeller pitch change

4 65 172

Plants with controllable pitch propeller with a shaft

4 65 174

generator of less than 15% of the engines MCR

output

4 65 177

As standard, the engine is equipped with a conventional mechanical-hydraulic Woodward governor

item 4 65 170.

Lyngs Marine electronic governor system,

type EGS 2000
Kongsberg Norcontrol Automation digital
governor system, type DGS 8800e
Siemens digital governor system, type
SIMOS SPC 55

The electronic governors have to be tailor-made,

and the specific layout of the system has to be
mutually agreed upon by the customer, the governor supplier and the engine builder.

Advanced plants
For more advanced plants, an electronic governor
has to be applied, and the specific layout of the
system has to be agreed upon in co-operation with
the customer, the governor supplier and the engine
builder.

It should be noted that the shut down system, the

governor and the remote control system must be
compatible if an integrated solution is to be obtained.

Engine Side Control Console

The avanced marine installation viz:
Plants with flexible coupling in the shafting system

The layout of the engine side emergency control

console includes the components indicated in the
manoeuvring diagram, shown in Fig. 6.11.04.

Geared installations
Plants with disengageable clutch for disconnec-

The console is located on the camshaft side of the

engine.

ting the propeller

Engine directly coupled to a controllable pitch

propeller with a demand for fast pitch change

Plants with shaft generator with high demands on

frequency accuracy

465 100 010

178 53 31

6.11.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Components for Control Room

Manoeuvring Console

Sequence Diagram for Bridge Control

The basic scope of supply includes the manoeuvring handle (465 625) for start, stop, reversing
and speed setting.
The manoeuvring console supplied by the yard normally includes, as a minimum, the instrumentation
shown in Fig. 6.11.05.

The recommendations given by MAN B&W Diesel to

the remote control system makers are indicated
graphically in Fig. 6.11.08, Sequence diagram.
The diagram shows the functions as well as the
delays which must be considered for starting Ahead,
starting Astern, as well as for activation of the slow
down and shut down functions.
On the right of the diagram, a situation is shown
where the order Astern is over-ridden by an Ahead
order the engine immediately starts Ahead.

Components for Bridge Control

If a remote control system is to be applied, the
manoeuvring system is prepared for it by the solenoid valves in Figs. 6.11.01 and 6.11.02.

The corresponding sequence diagram for a non-reversible plant with power take off (Gear Constant
Ratio) is shown in Fig. 6.11.09.

Control System for Plants with CPP

Where a controllable pitch propeller is installed the
control system is to be designed in such a way that
the operational requirements for the whole plant are
fulfilled.
Special attention should be paid to the actual operation mode, e.g. combinator curve with/without constant frequency shaft generator or constant engine
speed with a power take off.
The following requirements have to be fulfilled:
The control system is to be equipped with a load

control function limiting the maximum torque (fuel

pump index) in relation to the engine speed, in
order to prevent the engine from being loaded
beyond the limits of the load diagram
The control system must ensure that the engine

load does not increase at a quicker rate than permitted by the scavenge air pressure
Load changes have to take place in such a way

that the governor can keep the engine speed within

the required range

Please contact the engine builder for specific data.

465 100 010

178 53 31

6.11.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 6.11.01: Diagram of manoeuvring system, reversible engine with FPP and mechanical-hydraulic governor prepared for remote
control
465 100 010

178 53 31

6.11.04

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 6.11.02: Manoeuvring system, non-reversible engine, with mechanical-hydraulic governor prepared for remote start and
stop
465 100 010

178 53 31

6.11.05

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Pos.

Qty.

28

Description
3/2-way solenoid valve

78

Switch

Fig. 6.11.03: Starting air system, with slow turning, option: 4 50 140

465 100 010

178 53 31

6.11.06

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 6.11.04a: Engine side control console

Fig. 6.11.04b: Diagram of engine side control console

465 100 010

178 53 31

6.11.07

1
2
3

4
5
6

Free space for mounting of safety panel

Engine builders supply
Tachometer for turbocharger
Indication lamps for:
Ahead
Astern
Emergency control
Control room control
Wrong way alarm
Turning gear engaged
Main starting valve in service
Main starting valve blocked
Starting air distributor blocked
Remote control
Emergency stop
(Spare)
Lamp test
Tachometer for main engine
Revolution counter
Switch and lamps for auxiliary blowers

S46MC-C Project Guide

7 Free space for mounting of bridge

control equipment for main engine
8 Switch and lamp for cancelling of
limiters for governor
9 Engine control handle
10a Pressure gauges for:
Scavenge air receiver
Lubricating oil inlet
Piston cooling oil inlet
Jacket cooling water inlet
Cooling water inlet air cooler
Fuel oil before filter
Fuel oil inlet engine
Starting air inlet
Control air inlet
10b Thermometer for:
Jacket cooling water inlet
Lubricating oil inlet

Usse sensor

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

0- 4 bar
0- 4 bar
0- 4 bar
0- 4 bar
0- 4 bar
0-10 bar
0-10 bar
0-30 bar
0-10 bar

PE 417
PE 330
PE 326
PE 386
PE 382
PE 305
PE 401
PE 403

0-100 C TE 385
0-100 C TE 311

Yards supply

Fig. 6.11.05: Instruments and pneumatic components for manoeuvring console, option: 4 65 640

465 100 010

178 53 31

6.11.08

When the shaft generator is disconnected, the slow down will be effectuated after a prewarning of 6-8 sec.
Demand for quick passage of barred speed range will have an influence on the slow down procedure
Revised diagram including restart from bridge is available on request.

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 6.11.06: Sequence diagram for fixed pitch propeller

465 100 010

178 53 31

6.11.09

When the shaft generator is disconnected, the slow down will be effectuated after a prewarning of 6-8 sec.
Demand for quick passage of barred speed range will have an influence on the slow down procedure
Revised diagram including restart from bridge is available on request.

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 6.11.07: Sequence diagram for controllable pitch propeller, with shaft generator type GCR

465 100 010

178 53 31

6.11.10

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

7 Vibration Aspects
The vibration characteristics of the two-stroke low
speed diesel engines can for practical purposes be,
split up into four categories, and if the adequate
countermeasures are considered from the early project stage, the influence of the excitation sources
can be minimised or fully compensated.

External unbalanced moments

In general, the marine diesel engine may influence

the hull with the following:

Of these moments, only the 1st order (one cycle per

revolution) and the 2nd order (two cycles per revolution) need to be considered, and then only for
engines with a low number of cylinders. The inertia
forces on engines with more than 6 cylinders tend,
more or less, to neutralise themselves.

The inertia forces originating from the unbalanced

rotating and reciprocating masses of the engine
create unbalanced external moments although the
external forces are zero.

External unbalanced moments, Fig. 7.08

These can be classified as unbalanced 1st and

2nd order external moments, which need to be
considered only for certain cylinder numbers.

Countermeasures have to be taken if hull resonance

occurs in the operating speed range, and if the
vibration level leads to higher accelerations and/or
velocities than the guidance values given by international standards or recommendations (for instance
related to special agreement between shipowner and
shipyard).

Guide force moments, Fig. 7.08

Axial vibrations in the shaft system
Torsional vibrations in the shaft system

The external unbalanced moments and guide force

moments are illustrated in Fig. 7.02.
In the following, a brief description is given of their
origin and of the proper countermeasures needed
to render them harmless.

The natural frequency of the hull depends on the

hulls rigidity and distribution of masses, whereas
the vibration level at resonance depends mainly on
the magnitude of the external moment and the engines position in relation to the vibration nodes of
the ship.

Fig. 7.01: Statistics of tankers and bulk carriers with 4 cylinder MC engines

407 000 100

178 53 32

7.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

C

C
Adjustable
counterweights

Aft

Fixed
counterweights

Fore

Adjustable
counterweights

A
B
C
D

Combustion pressure
Guide force
Staybolt force
Main bearing force

Fixed
counterweights

1st order moment

vertical 1 cycle/rev
2nd order moment
vertical 2 cycle/rev

1st order moment,

horizontal 1 cycle/rev.

Fig. 7.03: Adjustable counterweights, option: 4 31 151

1st order moments

1st order moments act in both vertical and horizontal
direction. For our two-stroke engines with standard
balancing these are of the same magnitudes.

Guide force moment,

H transverse Z cycles/rev.
Z is 1 or 2 times number of
cylinder

For engines with five cylinders or more, the 1st order

moment is rarely of any significance to the ship. It
can, however, be of a disturbing magnitude in fourcylinder engines.

Guide force moment,

X transverse Z cycles/rev.
Z = 1,2 ...12

Resonance with a 1st order moment may occur for

hull vibrations with 2 and/or 3 nodes, see Fig. 7.01.
This resonance can be calculated with reasonable accuracy, and the calculation will show whether a compensator is necessary or not on four-cylinder engines.

Fig. 7.02: External unbalanced moments and guide force

moments

407 000 100

178 53 32

7.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 7.03a:First order moment compensator

Fig. 7.04: Statistics of vertical hull vibrations in tankers

and bulk carriers

A resonance with the vertical moment for the 2 node

hull vibration can often be critical, whereas the
resonance with the horizontal moment occurs at a
higher speed than the nominal because of the higher
natural frequency of horizontal hull vibrations.

4 and 5 node natural frequencies for the hull is a

rather comprehensive procedure and, despite advanced calculation methods, is often not very accurate. Consequently, only a rather uncertain basis
for decisions is available relating to the natural frequency as well as the position of the nodes in
relation to the main engine.

As an option 4 31 151, four-cylinder engines can be

fitted with adjustable counterweights, as illustrated in
Fig. 7.03. These can reduce the vertical moment to an
insignificant value (although, increasing correspondingly the horizontal moment), so this resonance is
easily dealt with. A solution with zero horizontal
moment is also available.

A 2nd order moment compensator comprises two

counter-rotating masses running at twice the engine
speed. 2nd order moment compensators are not
included in the basic extent of delivery.
Several solutions, as shown in Fig. 7.05, are available to cope with the 2nd order moment, out of
which the most cost efficient one can be chosen in
the individual case, e.g.:

2nd order moments

The 2nd order moment acts only in the vertical
direction. Precautions need only to be considered
for four, five and six cylinder engines.
Resonance with the 2nd order moment may occur
at hull vibrations with more than three nodes, see
Fig. 7.04. Contrary to the calculation of natural
frequency with 2 and 3 nodes, the calculation of the

407 000 100

1) No compensators, if considered unnecessary

on the basis of natural frequency, nodal point
and size of the 2nd order moment

178 53 32

7.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

The electrically driven compensator will not give rise
to distorting stresses in the hull, but it is more
expensive than the engine-mounted compensators
(2), (3) and (4). More than 70 electrically driven
compensators are in service and have given good
results.

2) A compensator mounted on the aft end of the

engine, driven by the main chain drive, option:
4 31 203
3) A compensator mounted on the front end, driven
from the crankshaft through a separate chain
drive, option: 4 31 213

Power Related Unbalance (PRU)

4) Compensators on both aft and fore end,

completely eliminating the external 2nd order
moment, options: 4 31 203 and 4 31 213

To evaluate if there is a risk that 1st and 2nd order

external moments will excite disturbing hull vibrations, the concept Power Related Unbalance can be
used as a guidance, see fig. 7.06.

Briefly, it can be stated that compensators positioned in a node or close to it, will be inefficient. In
such a case, solution (4) should be considered.

PRU =
A decision regarding the vibrational aspects and the
possible use of compensators must be taken at the
contract stage. If no experience is available from sister
ships, which would be the best basis for deciding
whether compensators are necessary or not, it is
advisable to make calculations to determine which of
the solutions (1), (2), (3) or (4) should be applied.
If compensator(s) are omitted, the engine can be
delivered prepared for the fitting of compensators
later on, see options: 4 31 202 and 4 31 212. The
decision for preparation must also be taken at the
contract stage. Measurements taken during the sea
trial, or later in service and with fully loaded ship, will
be able to show whether compensator(s) have to be
fitted or not.
If no calculations are available at the contract stage,
we advise to order the engine with a 2nd order moment compensator on the aft end (option: 4 31 203),
and to make preparations for the fitting of a compensator on the front end (option: 4 31 212).
If it is decided not to use compensators and, furthermore, not to prepare the main engine for later
fitting, another solution can be used, if annoying
vibrations should occur:
An electrically driven compensator option: 4 31 601,
synchronised to the correct phase relative to the
external force or moment can neutralise the excitation. This type of compensator needs an extra seating fitted, preferably, in the steering gear room where
deflections are largest and the effect of the compensator will therefore be greatest.

407 000 100

External moment
Engine power

Nm/kW

With the PRU-value, stating the external moment

relative to the engine power, it is possible to give an
estimate of the risk of hull vibrations for a specific
engine. Based on service experience from a greater
number of large ships with engines of different types
and cylinder numbers, the PRU-values have been
classified in four groups as follows:

PRU Nm/kW
Need for compensator
from 0 to 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . not relevant
from 60 to 120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . unlikely
from 120 to 220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . likely
above 220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . most likely
The actual values for the MC-engines are shown in
Fig. 7.08.
In the table, the external moments (M1) are stated
at the speed (n1) and MCR rating in point L1 of the
layout diagram. For other speeds (nA), the corresponding external moments (MA) are calculated by
means of the formula:
nA

n1

MA = M1 x

kNm

(The tolerance on the calculated values is 2.5%).

178 53 32

7.04

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 7.05: 2nd order moment compensator

407 000 100

178 53 32

7.05

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 7.06: Power Related Unbalance (PRU) values in Nm/kW

Guide Force Moments

The so-called guide force moments are caused by
the transverse reaction forces acting on the crossheads due to the connecting rod/crankshaft mechanism. These moments may excite engine vibrations,
moving the engine top athwartships and causing a
rocking (excited by H-moment) or twisting (excited
by X-moment) movement of the engine as illustrated
in Fig. 7.07.

recommend, as standard, that top bracing is installed between the engines upper platform brackets
and the casing side.
The mechanical top bracing, option: 4 83 112 comprises stiff connections (links) with friction plates
which allow adjustment to the loading conditions
of the ship. With both types of top bracing abovementioned natural frequency will increase to a
level where resonance will occur above the normal
engine speed.

The guide force moments corresponding to the MCR

rating (L1) are stated in the table, Fig. 7.08.

Axial Vibrations
The guide force moments are harmless except when
resonance vibrations occur in the engine/double
bottom system.
As this system is very difficult to calculate with
the necessary accuracy MAN B&W Diesel strongly

407 000 100

When the crank throw is loaded by the gas pressure

through the connecting rod mechanism, the arms of
the crank throw deflect in the axial direction of the
crankshaft, exciting axial vibrations. Through the

178 53 32

7.06

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

X-type guide force moment

H-type guide force moment

Fig. 7.07: H-type and X-type guide force moments

thrust bearing, the system is connected to the ships

hull.
Generally, only zero-node axial vibrations are of
interest. Thus the effect of the additional bending
stresses in the crankshaft and possible vibrations of
the ships structure due to the reaction force in the
thrust bearing are to be considered.
An axial damper is fitted as standard: 4 31 111 to all
MC engines minimising the effects of the axial vibrations.

In general, only torsional vibrations with one and two

nodes need to be considered. The main critical
order, causing the largest extra stresses in the shaft
line, is normally the vibration with order equal to the
number of cylinders, i.e., five cycles per revolution
on a five cylinder engine. This resonance is positioned at the engine speed corresponding to the
natural torsional frequency divided by the number
of cylinders.
The torsional vibration conditions may, for certain
installations require a torsional vibration damper,
option: 4 31 105.

The 5 + 6S46MC-C require an axial vibration monitor,

option: 4 31 117.

Based on our statistics, this need may arise for the

following types of installation:

Torsional Vibrations

Plants with controllable pitch propeller

The reciprocating and rotating masses of the engine

including the crankshaft, the thrust shaft, the intermediate shaft(s), the propeller shaft and the propeller
are for calculation purposes considered as a system
of rotating masses (inertias) interconnected by torsional springs. The gas pressure of the engine acts
through the connecting rod mechanism with a varying
torque on each crank throw, exciting torsional vibration in the system with different frequencies.

Plants with unusual shafting layout and for special

407 000 100

owner/yard requirements
Plants with 8 cylinder engines

As an alternative to a torsional vibration damper in

case of a plant equipped with a controllable pitch
propeller, the so-called QPT (Quick Passage of a
barred speed range Technique), option: 4 65 189

178 53 32

7.07

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

could be implemented in the governor in order to

limit the vibratory stresses during the passage of the
barred speed range.
Four, five and six-cylinder engines, require special
attention. On account of the heavy excitation, the
natural frequency of the system with one-node vibration should be situated away from the normal
operating speed range, to avoid its effect. This can
be achieved by changing the masses and/or the
stiffness of the system so as to give a much higher,
or much lower, natural frequency, called undercritical or overcritical running, respectively.

This torque (propeller torsional amplitude) induces

a significant varying propeller thrust which, under
adverse conditions, might excite annoying longitudinal vibrations on engine/double bottom and/or
deck house.
The yard should be aware of this and ensure that
the complete aft body structure of the ship, including the double bottom in the engine room, is
designed to be able to cope with the described
phenomena.

Overcritical running
Owing to the very large variety of possible shafting
arrangements that may be used in combination with a
specific engine, only detailed torsional vibration calculations of the specific plant can determine whether or
not a torsional vibration damper is necessary.

The natural frequency of the one-node vibration is

so adjusted that resonance with the main critical
order occurs about 30-70% below the engine speed
at specified MCR. Such overcritical conditions can
be realised by choosing an elastic shaft system,
leading to a relatively low natural frequency.

Undercritical running
The characteristics of overcritical conditions are:
The natural frequency of the one-node vibration is
so adjusted that resonance with the main critical
order occurs about 35-45% above the engine speed
at specified MCR.

Tuning wheel may be necessary on crankshaft fore

end
Turning wheel with relatively high inertia

Such undercritical conditions can be realised by

choosing a rigid shaft system, leading to a relatively
high natural frequency.

Shafts with relatively small diameters, requiring

shafting material with a relatively high ultimate

tensile strength

The characteristics of an undercritical system are

normally:

With barred speed range (4 07 015) of about

10% with respect to the critical engine speed

Relatively short shafting system

Torsional vibrations in overcritical conditions may,

in special cases, have to be eliminated by the use
of a torsional vibration damper, option: 4 31 105.

Probably no tuning wheel

Turning wheel with relatively low inertia

Overcritical layout is normally applied for engines

with more than four cylinders.

Large diameters of shafting, enabling the use of

shafting material with a moderate ultimate tensile

strength, but requiring careful shaft alignment,
(due to relatively high bending stiffness)

Please note:
We do not include any tuning wheel, option: 4 31
101 or torsional vibration damper, option: 4 31 105
in the standard scope of supply, as the proper
countermeasure has to be found after torsional vibration calculations for the specific plant, and after
the decision has been taken if and where a barred
speed range might be acceptable.

Without barred speed range, option: 4 07 016

When running undercritical, significant varying torque

at MCR conditions of about 100-150% of the mean
torque is to be expected.

407 000 100

178 53 32

7.08

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

No. of cyl.

Firing order

1-3-2-4

1-4-3-2-5

1-5-3-4-2-6

1-7-2-5-4-3-6

1-8-3-4-7-2-5-6

1st a

238 b

76

45

151

2nd

702 c

874 c

608 c

177

318

224

External forces in kN

External moments in kNm

Order

Guide force H-moments in kNm

Order:
1 x No. of cyl.

530

537

411

2 x No. of cyl.

112

47

27

3 x No. of cyl.

18

Guide force X-moments in kNm

Order:
1st

173

55

33

110

2nd

110

137

95

28

3rd

39

137

247

271

347

4th

23

181

515

209

5th

60

43

536

6th

108

12

7th

25

89

16

8th

55

38

9th

54

10th

15

13

37

11th

24

31

12th

1st order moments are, as standard, balanced so as to obtain equal values for horizontal and vertical moments
for all cylinder numbers

By means of the adjustable counterweights on 4-cylinder engines, 70% of the 1st order moment can be moved
from horizontal to vertical direction or vice versa, if required

4, 5 and 6-cylinder engines can be equipped with 2nd order moment compensators on the aft and fore ends.
The 2nd order external moment will be eliminated totally for 6-cylinder engines.
For 4 and 5-cylinder engines it will normally also be eliminated totally, - however on special plants having high
angular accelerations at the crankshaft, the external moment can only be reduced by 75%.

Fig. 7.08: External forces and moments in layout point L1

407 000 100

178 53 32

7.09

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

8 Instrumentation
The instrumentation on the diesel engine can be
roughly divided into:

Sensors for
Remote Indication Instruments

Local instruments, i.e. thermometers, pressure

Analogue sensors for remote indication can be ordered as options 4 75 127 and 4 75 128, and can also
be used for Alarm or Slow Down simultaneously.

gauges and tachometers

Control devices, i.e. position switches and sole-

Alarm, Slow Down and

Shut Down Sensors

noid valves
Analogue sensors for Alarm, Slow Down, remote

indication and CoCoS of temperatures and pressures

It is required that the system for shut down is

electrically separated from the other systems.

Binary sensors, i.e. thermo switches and pressure

This can be accomplished by using independent

sensors, or sensors with galvanically separated
electrical circuits, i.e. one sensor with two sets of
electrically independent terminals.

switches for Shut Down etc.

All instruments are identified by a combination of

symbols as shown in Fig. 8.01 and a position number which appears from the instrumentation lists in
this chapter.

The International Association of Classification Societies (IACS) have agreed that a common sensor can
be used for Alarm, Slow Down and remote indication
and their requirements are listed in column: IACS

Local Instruments

A general outline of the electrical system is shown

in Fig. 8.07.

The basic local instrumentation on the engine comprises thermometers and pressure gauges located
on the piping or mounted on panels on the engine,
and an engine tachometer located at the engine side
control panel.

The extent of sensors for a specific plant is the sum

of requirements of the classification society, the
yard, the owner and MAN B&Ws minimum requirements.

These are listed in Figs. 8.03a, 8.03b and their

location on the engine is shown in Figs. 8.04a, 8.04b
and 8.04c.

Figs. 8.08, 8.09 and 8.10 show the classification

societies requirements for UMS and MAN B&Ws
minimum requirements for Alarm, Slow Down and
Shut Down as well as IACSs recommendations,
respectively.

Additional local instruments, if required, can be

ordered as option: 4 70 129.

Only MAN B&Ws minimum requirements for Alarm

and Shut Down are included in the basic scope of
supply.

Control Devices
The control devices mainly include the position switches, called ZS, incorporated in the manoeuvring
system, the solenoid valves (EV), and other electrical
devices (E) which are listed in Fig. 8.05 and positioned
as shown in Figs. 8.04a, 8.04b and 8.04c.

470 100 100

For the event that further signal equipment is required, the piping on the engine has additional
sockets.

178 53 33

8.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fuel oil leakage detection

Unattended Machinery Spaces (UMS)

Oil leaking oil from the high pressure fuel oil pipes is
collected in a drain box (Fig. 8.11), which is equipped
with a level alarm, LSA 301, option: 4 35 105.

The Standard extent of delivery for MAN B&W

Diesel A/S engines includes the temperature switches, pressure switches and analogue sensors
stated in the MAN B&W column for alarm, slow
down and shut down in Figs. 8.08, 8.09 and 8.10.

Slow down system

The shut down and slow down panel can be ordered
as option: 4 75 611, 4 75 612 or 4 75 613, whereas the
alarm panel is a yards supply, as it has to include
several other alarms than those of the main engine.

The slow down functions are designed to safeguard

the engine components against overloading during
normal service conditions and, at the same time, to
keep the ship manoeuvrable, in the event that fault
conditions occur.

The location of the pressure gauges and pressure

switches in the piping system on the engine is
shown schematically in Fig. 8.06.

The slow down sequence has to be adapted to the

plant (FPP/CPP, with/without shaft generator, etc.)
and the required operating mode.
For further information please contact the engine
supplier.

For practical reasons, the sensors to be applied are

normally delivered from the engine supplier, so that
they can be wired to terminal boxes on the engine.
The number and position of the terminal boxes
depends on the degree of dismantling specified for
the forwarding of the engine, see Dispatch Pattern
in Chapter 9.

Attended Machinery Spaces (AMS)

The basic alarm and safety system for an MAN B&W
engine is designed for attended machinery spaces
and comprises the temperature switches (thermostats) and pressure switches (pressurestats) that are
specified in the MAN B&W column for alarm and
for shut down in Figs. 8.08a, 8.08b, 8.08c and 8.10,
respectively. The sensors for shut down are included in the basic scope of supply (4 75 124), see
Fig. 8.07.

Oil Mist Detector and Bearing

Monitoring Systems
Based on our experience, the basic scope of
supply for all plants for attended as well as for
unattended machinery spaces (AMS and UMS)
includes an oil mist detector, Figs. 8.12a and
8.12b.

Additional digital sensors can be ordered as option:

4 75 128.

Make: Graviner
Type: MK 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 75 161, or
Make: Schaller
Type: Visatron VN 215 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 75 163,
The combination of an oil mist detector and a bearing temperature monitoring system with deviation
from average alarm (option 4 75 133 or 4 75 134) will
in any case provide the optimum safety.

470 100 100

178 53 33

8.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Identification of instruments

PS - SLD
PSA
PSC
PE
PEA
PEI

The measuring instruments are identified by a combination of letters and a position number:
LSA 372 high
Level: high/low
Where: in which medium
(lub. oil, cooling water...)
location (inlet/outlet engine)

PE - SLD
SE
SEA
SSA
SS - SHD
TI
TSA
TSC
TS - SHD
TS - SLD
TE
TEA

Output signal:
A: alarm
I : indicator (thermometer,
manometer...)
SHD: shut down (stop)
SLD: slow down
How: by means of
E: analogue sensor (element)
S: switch
(pressurestat, thermostat)
What is measured:
F: flow
L: level
P: pressure
PD: pressure difference
S: speed
T: temperature
V: viscosity
W: vibration
Z: position

TEI
TE - SLD
VE
VEI
VI
ZE
ZS
WEA
WI
WS - SLD

DSA
DS - SLD
E
EV
ESA
FSA
FS - SLD
LSA
PDEI

Density switch for alarm (oil mist)

Density switch for slow down
Electric devices
Solenoid valve
Electrical switch for alarm
Flow switch for alarm
Flow switch for slow down
Level switch for alarm
Pressure difference sensor for remote
indication (analogue)
PDI
Pressure difference indicator
PDSA
Pressure difference switch for alarm
PDE
Pressure difference sensor (analogue)
PI
Pressure indicator
PS
Pressure switch
PS - SHD Pressure switch for shut down

Pressure switch for slow down

Pressure switch for alarm
Pressure switch for control
Pressure sensor (analogue)
Pressure sensor for alarm (analogue)
Pressure sensor for remote
indication (analogue)
Pressure sensor for
slow down (analogue)
Speed sensor (analogue)
Speed sensor for alarm (analogue)
Speed switch for alarm
Speed switch for shut down
Temperature indicator
Temperature switch for alarm
Temperature switch for control
Temperature switch for shut down
Temperature switch for slow down
Temperature sensor (analogue)
Temperature sensor for
alarm (analogue)
Temperature sensor for
remote indication (analogue)
Temperature sensor for
slow down (analogue)
Viscosity sensor (analogue)
Viscosity sensor for remote
indication (analogue)
Viscosity indicator
Position sensor
Position switch
Vibration signal for alarm (analogue)
Vibration indicator
Vibration switch for slow down

The symbols are shown in a circle indicating

Instrument locally mounted
Instrument mounted in panel on engine
Control panel mounted instrument

Fig. 8.01: Identification of instruments

470 100 100

178 53 33

8.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

MIP Calculating Systems

The MIP systems permit the measuring and monitoring of the engines main parameters, such as cylinder pressure, fuel oil injection pressure, scavenge air
pressure, engine speed, etc., which enable the engineer to run the diesel engine at its optimum performance.
The designation of the different types are:
Main engine:

P: Portable optical pick-up to detect

the crankshaft position at a zebra
band on the intermediate shaft
A: Angle encoder located at the fore
end of the engine to detect the
crankshaft position

Z: Zebra band on the intermediate

shaft, and with an optional pick-up
to detect the crankshaft position

4 75 207

MAN B&W PMI system, type PT/SAP

option:
4 75 208

The above mentioned type PT/SA can be extended

for use on MAN B&W Holeby auxiliary engines, by
adding a Proximity switch.
The crankshaft position of the auxiliary engines is
measured by a set of proximity switches pointing at
the flywheel teeth.

Auxiliary engines:
P: Proximity sensor (optical pick-up)
at flywheel on the GenSets

PT/SAP

The following alternative makes can be applied:

MAN B&W PMI system type PT/SA
option:

MAN B&W PMI system, type PT/P

option:

The cylinder pressure monitering system is based

on a Portable Transducer, and portable Pick-up.
A Zebra band is permanently fitted on the diesel
engines intermediate shaft, enabling the crankshaft
position to be measured with the portable pick-up.
Power supply: 24 V DC.

S: Stationary junction and converter

boxes on engine

4 75 206

The cylinder pressure monitering system is based

on a Portable Transducer, Stationary junction and
converter boxes, and the crankshaft position is
measured by an optical pick-up at a Zebra band.
fitted onto the intermediate shaft.
This version is used on diesel engines with PTO on
the fore end.
Power supply: 24 V DC.

PT: Portable transducer for cylinder

pressure

MAN B&W PMI system, type PT/SZ

option:

4 75 205

MAN B&W PMI system, type PT/SZP

option:
4 75 209

The above mentioned type PT/SZ can be extended for

use on auxiliary engines, by adding a Proximity sensor.
The crankshaft position of the auxiliary engines is
measured by a set of proximity sensor pointing at
the flywheel teeth.

The cylinder pressure monitering system is based

on a Portable Transducer, Stationary junction and
converter boxes, and an Angle encoder that
measures the crankshaft position.
On plants without power take off, the angle encoder
can be installed at the diesel engines fore end.
Power supply: 24 V DC.

470 100 100

178 53 33

8.04

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

CoCoS

CoCoS MPS, SPC, and SPO can communicate with

one another, or they can be used as separate standalone system. These three applications can also
handle non-MAN B&W Diesel technical equipment;
for instance pumps and separators.

The Computer Controlled Surveillance system is the

family name of the software application products
from the MAN B&W Diesel group.

Additional sensors are needed to enable on-line

diagnostics if CoCoS-EDS is ordered. The total
extent of sensors is the sum of reqirements of the
classification society, the yard, the owner, MAN
B&Ws minimum requirements and MAN B&Ws
lists of recommended input parameters for CoCoS,
see Figs. 8.02a,b and c.

CoCoS comprises four individual software application products:

CoCoS-EDB:

Engine Diagnostics System.

CoCoS-EDB assists in the engine
performence evaluation through
diagnostics.
Key features are: on-line data
logging, monitoring, diagnostics
and trends.

CoCoS-MPS: Maintenance Planning System.

CoCoS-MPS assists in the
planning and initiating of
preventive maintenance.
Key features are: scheduling of
inspections and overhaul,
forecasting and budgeting of
spare part requirements,
estimating of the amount of work
hours needed, work procedures,
and logging of maintenance
history.
CoCoS-SPC:

Spare Part Catalogue.

CoCoS-SPC assists in the
identification of spare part.
Key features are: multilevel part
lists, spare part information, and
graphics.

CoCoS-SPO:

Stock Handling and Spare Part

Ordering.
CoCoS-SPO assists in managing
the procurement and control of
spare part stock.
Key features are: available stock,
store location, planned receipts
and issues, minimum stock,
safety stock, suppliers, prices
and statistics.

470 100 100

178 53 33

8.05

Use sensor

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Point of location
Fuel oil system

VE 303

Fuel oil viscosity, inlet engine (yards supply)

PE 305

Fuel oil, inlet engine

PDE 308 Pressure drop across fuel oil filter (yards supply)
TE 309

Fuel oil, inlet fuel pumps

Lubricating oil system

TE 311

Lubricating oil inlet, to main bearings, thrust bearing, axial vibration damper, piston cooling oil, camshaft lub. oil,
exhaust valve actuators and turbochargers

TE 317

Piston cooling oil outlet/cylinder

PE 326

Piston cooling oil and camshaft lub. oil inlet

PE 330

Lubricating oil inlet to main bearings, thrust bearing and axial vibration damper

TE 349

Thrust bearing segment

TE 355

Lubricating oil inlet to exhaust valve actuators

PE 357

Lubricating oil inlet to exhaust valve actuators

TE 369

Lubricating oil outlet from turbocharger/turbocharger

(a

PE 371

Lubricating oil inlet to turbocharger/turbocharger

(a

a)

For turbochargers with slide bearings

Fig. 8.02a: List of sensors for CoCoS, option: 4 75 127

470 100 100

178 53 33

8.06

Use sensor

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Point of location
Cooling water system

TE 375

Cooling water inlet air cooler/air cooler

PE 382

Cooling water inlet air cooler

TE 379

Cooling water outlet air cooler/air cooler

TE 385

Jacket cooling water inlet

PE 386

Jacket cooling water inlet

TE 387A

Jacket cooling water outlet/cylinder

PDSA 391

Jacket cooling water across engine

TE 393

Jacket cooling water outlet turbocharger/turbocharger

PDE 398

Pressure drop of cooling water across air cooler/air cooler

b)

Scavenge air system

TE 336

Engine room air inlet turbocharger/turbocharger

PE 337

Compressor spiral housing pressure at outer diameter/turbocharger

b)

PDE 338

Differential pressure across compressor spiral housing/turbocharger

b)

TE 411

Scavenge air before air cooler/air cooler

TE 412

Scavenge air after air cooler/air cooler

TE 412A

Scavenge air inlet cylinder/cylinder

TE 413

Scavenge air reciever

PE 417

Scavenge air reciever

PDE 420

Pressure drop of air across air cooler/air cooler

PDE 422

Pressure drop air across blower filter of compressor/turbocharger

ZS 669

Auxiliary blower on/off signal from control panel (yards supply)

b) Depending on turbocharger design

Fig. 8.02b: List of sensors for CoCoS, option 4 75 127

470 100 100

178 53 33

8.07

Use sensor

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Point of location
Exhaust gas system

TE 363

Exhaust gas receiver

ZE 364

Exhaust gas blow-off, on/off or valve angle position/turbocharger

PE 424

Exhaust gas receiver

TE 425A

Exhaust gas inlet turbocharger/turbocharger

TE 426

Exhaust gas after exhaust valve/cylinder

TE 432

Exhaust gas outlet turbocharger/turbocharger

PE 433A

Exhaust gas outlet turbocharger/turbocharger

(Back pressure at transition piece related to ambient)

SE 439

Turbocharger speed/turbocharger

PDE 441

Pressure drop across exhaust gas boiler (yards supply)

2)

General data
N

Time and data

1)

Counter of running hours

1)

PE 325

Ambient pressure (Engine room)

3)

SE 438

Engine speed

Pmax set point

2)

ZE 477

Fuel pump index/cylinder

2)

ZE 478

VIT index/cylinder

2)

ZE 479

Governor index

E 480

Engine torque

1)

Mean indicated pressure (MIP)

4)

Maximum pressure (Pmax)

4)

Compression pressure (Pcomp)

4)

N Numerical input
1) Originated by alarm/monitoring system
2) Manual input can alternatively be used
3) Yards supply
4) Originated by the PMI system

Fig. 8.02c: List of sensors for CoCoS, option: 4 75 127

470 100 100

178 53 33

8.08

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Description
Thermometers
stem type

Use sensor
for remote
indication

Point of location

TI 302

TE 302A

Fuel oil, inlet engine

TI 311
TI 317
TI 349
TI 355
TI 369

TE 311
TE 317
TE 349
TE 311
TE 369

Lubricating oil
Lubricating oil inlet to main bearings, thrust bearing and axial vibration damper
Piston cooling oil outlet/cylinder
Thrust bearing segment
Lubricating oil inlet to piston cooling and camshaft
Lubricating oil outlet from turbocharger/turbocharger
(depends on turbocharger design)

Fuel oil

TE 375
TE 379

TI 385
TI 387A
TI 393

TE 385
TE 387A

TI 411
TI 412
TI 413

TE 411
TE 412
TE 413

Thermometers
dia l type

TI 375
TI 379

TI 425
TI 426

Low temperature cooling water:

seawater or freshwater for central cooling
Cooling water inlet, air cooler
Cooling water outlet, air cooler/air cooler
High temperature jacket cooling water
Jacket cooling water inlet
Jacket cooling water outlet, cylinder cover/cylinder
Jacket cooling water outlet/turbocharger
Scavenge air
Scavenge air before air cooler/air cooler
Scavenge air after air cooler/air cooler
Scavenge air receiver

Exhaust gas
TE 425A
TE 426

Exhaust gas inlet turbocharger/turbocharger

Exhaust gas after exhaust valves/cylinder

Fig. 8.03a: Local thermometers on engine and remote indication sensors

470 100 100

178 53 33

8.09

Use sensor
for remote
indication

S46MC-C Project Guide

Pressuregauges
(manometers)

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

PI 305

PE 305

PI 326
PI 330

PE 326
PE 330

PI 357
PI 371

PE 357
PE 371

Lubricating oil
Piston cooling oil and camshaft lub. oil inlet
Lubricating oil inlet to main bearings thrust bearing and axial vibration
damper
Lubricating oil inlet to exhaus valve actuators
Lubricating oil inlet to turbochager with slide bearings/turbocharger

PI 382

PE 382

Low temperature cooling water:

Cooling water inlet, air cooler

PI 386
PI 435B

PE 386

High temperature jacket cooling water

Jacket cooling water inlet
Cleaning water to turbocharger

PI 401
PI 403
PI 405

PE 401
PE 403

Starting and control air

Starting air inlet main starting valve
Control air inlet
Safety air inlet

PI 417

PE 417

Point of location

Fuel oil
Fuel oil , inlet engine

Scavenge air
Scavenge air receiver
Exhaust gas
Exhaust gas receiver
Air inlet for dry cleaning of turbocharger

PI 424
PI 435A

Differential pressure gauges

PDI 420
PDI 422 *
Tachometers

Pressure drop across air cooler/air cooler

Pressure drop across blower filter of turbocharger

SI 438
SI 439

SE 438

WI 471

Engine speed
Turbocharger speed
Mechanical measuring of axial vibration

* Only for ABB turbochargers

Fig. 8.03b: Local manometers and tachometers on engine and remote indication sensors

470 100 100

178 53 33

8.10

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 8.04a: Location of basic measuring points on engine: 4 70 100

470 100 100

178 53 33

8.11

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 8.04b: Location of basic measuring points on engine: 4 70 100

470 100 100

178 53 33

8.12

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 8.04c: Location of basic measuring points on engine: 4 70 100

470 100 100

178 53 33

8.13

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Description

Function

Scavenge air system

Scavenge air receiver auxiliary blower control

PSC 418

Electric motor, auxiliary blower

E 670

Manoeuvring system
Engine speed detector

E 438

Reversing Astern/cylinder

ZS 650

Reversing Ahead/cylinder

ZS 651

Resets shut down function during Emergency Control

ZS 652

Gives signal when change-over mechanism is in Remote Control mode

ZS 653

Gives signal to manoeuvring system when on Emergency Control

PSC 654

Solenoid valve for Emergency Stop

EV 658

Turning gear engaged indication

ZS 659

Fuel rack transmitter, if required

E 660

Main starting valve Blocked

ZS 663

Main starting valve In service

ZS 664

Air supply starting air distributor, Closed

ZS 667

Electric motor, turning gear

E 671

Actuator for electronic governor, if applied

E 672

Gives signal to manoeuvring system, when on Remote Control

PSC 674

Gives signal Bridge Control active

PSC 680

Solenoid valve for remote STOP

EV 682

Solenoid valve for remote AHEAD

EV 683

Solenoid valve for remote START

EV 684

Solenoid valve for remote ASTERN

EV 685

Slow turning, option: 4 50 140

EV 686

Fig. 8.05: Control devices on engine

470 100 100

178 53 33

8.14

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

The panels shown are mounted on the engine

The pos. numbers refer to List of instruments

Fig. 8.06: Pipes on engine for basic pressure gauges and pressure switches

470 100 100

178 53 33

8.15

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

General outline of the electrical system:

The figure shows the concept approved by all classification societies
The shut down panel and slow down panel can be combined for some makers
The classification societies permit to have common sensors for slow down, alarm and remote indication
One common power supply might be used, instead of the three indicated, if the systems are equipped with separate
fuses
Fig. 8.07: Panels and sensors for alarm and safety systems

470 100 100

178 53 33

8.16

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Use sensor

MAN B&W

IACS

RS

RINa

NKK

LR

GL

DnVC

BV

ABS

Class requirements for UMS

Function

Point of location
Fuel oil system

1** PSA 300 high

1
1

1
1

Fuel pump roller guide gear activated

1* LSA 301 high

A* PEA 306 low

PE 305

Leakage from high pressure pipes

A* TEA 312 high

TE 311

Lubricating oil inlet to main bearings, thrust bearing

TE 311

and axial vibration damper

A* TEA 318 high

TE 317

Piston cooling oil outlet/cylinder

1* FSA 320 low

Fuel oil, inlet engine

Lubricating oil system

1
1

TEA 313 low

A* PEA 327 low

PE 326

Piston cooling oil, crosshead and camshaft lub. oil

inlet

A* PEA 331 low

PE 330

Lubricating oil inlet to main bearings, thrust

bearing and axial vibration damper

A* TEA 350 high

TE 349

Thrust bearing segment

A* TEA 356 high

TE 311

Lubricating oil inlet to exhaust valve actuator

A* PEA 358 low

PE 357

Lubricating oil inlet to exhaust valve actuator

1
1
1

1
1

1* LSA 365 low

Cylinder lubricators (built-in switches)

1* FSA 366 low

Cylinder lubricators (built-in switches)

TSA 370 high

d)

Turbocharger lubricating oil outlet from

turbocharger/turbocharger

A* PEA 372 low

PE 371

Lubricating oil inlet to turbocharger/turbocharger d)

TEA 373 high

TE 311

Lubricating oil inlet to turbocharger/turbocharger d)

1
1

Piston cooling oil outlet/cylinder

1* DSA 436 high

WEA 472 high

Oil mist in crankcase/cylinder and chain drive

WE 471 Axial vibration monitor
Required for 5+6 cylinder S46MC-C and for
engines with PTO on fore end.

d) For turbochargers with slide bearings

1783275-9.0

Fig. 8.08a: List of sensors for alarm

470 100 025

178 59 19

8.17

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Use sensor

MAN B&W

IACS

RS

RINa

NKK

LR

GL

DnVC

BV

ABS

Class requirements for UMS

Function

Point of location
Cooling water system

TEA 376 high

TE 375 Cooling water inlet air cooler/air cooler

(for central cooling only)

A* PEA 378 low

PE 382 Cooling water inlet air cooler

A* PEA 383 low

PE 386 Jacket cooling water inlet

A* TEA 385A low

TE 385 Jacket cooling water inlet

1
1

1* TEA 388A high TE 387A Jacket cooling water outlet/cylinder

1* PDSA 391 low

Jacket cooling water across engine

Air system

A* PEA 402 low

PE 401 Starting air inlet

A* PEA 404 low

PE 403 Control air inlet

1* PSA 406 low

Safety air inlet

1* PSA 408 low

Air inlet to air cylinder for exhaust valve

A* PEA 409 high

PE 403 Control air inlet, finished with engine

1* PSA 410 high

Safety air inlet, finished with engine

Scavenge air system

1
1

1
1

1
1

TEA 414 high

1

1
1

TE 413 Scavenge air reciever

1* TSA 415 high

Scavenge air fire /cylinder

A* PEA 419 low

PE 417 Scavenge air, auxiliary blower, failure

1* LSA 434 high

Scavenge air water level

1783275-9.0

Fig. 8.08b: List of sensors for alarm

470 100 025

178 59 19

8.18

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Use sensor

MAN B&W

IACS

RS

RINa

NKK

LR

GL

DnVC

BV

ABS

Class requirements for UMS

Function

Point of location
Exhaust gas system

1
1

1
1

TEA 429/30 high TE 426

TEA 433 high

TEA 425A high TE 425A Exhaust gas inlet turbocharger/turbocharger

A* TEA 427 high

TE 426 Exhaust gas after cylinder/cylinder

Exhaust gas after cylinder, deviation from
average

TE 432 Exhaust gas outlet turbocharger/turbocharger

Manoeuvring system

1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1

1* ESA low

Safety system, power failure, low voltage

1* ESA low

Tacho system, power failure, low voltage

1* ESA

Safety system, cable failure

1* ESA

Safety system, group alarm, shut down

1* ESA

Wrong way (for reversible engine only)

A* SEA 438

SE 438 Engine speed

SE 439 Turbocharger speed

IACS: International Association of Classification Societies

The members of IACS have agreed that the stated
sensors are their common recommendation, apart
from each class requirements
The members of IACS are:
ABS America Bureau of Shipping
BV
Bureau Veritas
CCS Chinese Register of Shipping
DnVC Det norske Veritas Classification
GL
Germanischer Lloyd
KRS Korean Register of Shipping
LR
Lloyds Register of Shipping
NKK Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
PRS Polski Rejestr Statkow
RINa Registro Italiano Navale
RS
Russian Register of Shipping

Indicates that a binary (on-off) sensor/signal

is required

Indicates that an analogue sensor is required for

alarm, slow down and remote indication

1*, A* These alarm sensors are MAN B&W Diesels

minimum requirements for Unattended Machinery
Space (UMS), option: 4 75 127
1** Standard or for 98,90 and 80 types
Optional on 70 and 60 types
1

and the assosiated members are:

KRS Kroatian Register of Shipping
IRS
Indian Register of Shipping

For disengageable engine or with CPP

Select one of the alternatives
Or alarm for overheating of main, crank, crosshead
and chain drive bearings, option: 4 75 134
Or alarm for low flow
Or high/low temperature
The tables are liable to change without notice,
and are subject to latest class requirements.
1783275-9.0

Fig. 8.08c: List of sensors for alarm

470 100 025

178 59 19

8.19

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

1
1

1* FS SLD 321 low

FS 320

Piston cooling oil outlet/cylinder

PE SLD 328 low

PE 326

Piston cooling, crosshead and camshaft

lub. oil inlet

A* PE SLD 334 low

PE 330

Lubricating oil to main and thrust bearings

and piston cooling

A* TE SLD 351 high TE 349

1
1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1

PE SLD 384 low

1
1

1
1

Cylinder lubricators (built-in switches)

FS SLD 366A low

1
1

TE SLD 361 high TE 311

Thrust bearing segment

Lubricating oil inlet to exhaust valve
actuator

1
1

Piston cooling oil outlet/cylinder

1
1

Lubricating oil inlet, system oil

TE SLD 319 high TE 317

Point of Location

TE SLD 314 high TE 311

1
1

Function

1
1

Use sensor

MAN B&W

IACS

RS

RINa

NKK

LR

GL

DnVC

ABS

BV

Class requirements for slow down

PE 386

Jacket cooling water inlet

TE SLD 389 high TE 387A

Jacket cooling water outlet/cylinder

TE SLD 414A high TE 413

Scavenge air receiver

1* TS SLD 416 high TS 415

Scavenge air fire/cylinder

LS SLD 434 high LS 434

Scavenge air receiver water level

TE SLD 425B high TE 425A

Exhaust gas inlet turbocharger/turbocharger

TE SLD 428 high TE 426

Exhaust gas outlet after cylinder/cylinder

TE SLD 431

Exhaust gas after cylinder, deviation from

average

TE 426

1* DS SLD 437 high

Oil mist in crankcase/cylinder

1* WS SLD 473 high WE 471

Axial vibration monitor

(Required for 5+6 cylinder S46MC-C and
for engines with PTO

Indicates that a binary sensor (on-off) is required

Select one of the alternatives

Indicates that a common analogue sensor can be used

for alarm/slow down/remote indication
1* A* These analogue sensors are MAN B&W Diesels
minimum requirements for Unattended Machinery
Spaces (UMS), option: 4 75 127

Or alarm for low flow

Or alarm for overheating of main, crank, crosshead and chain drive bearings, option: 4 75 134
The tables are liable to change without notice,
and are subject to latest class requirements.

1783300-0.0

Fig. 8.09: Slow down functions for UMS, option: 4 75 127

470 100 025

178 59 19

8.20

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

RS

IACS

MAN B&W

1*

TS SHD

352 high

352 Thrust bearing segment

1*

PS SHD

359 low

359 Lubricating oil inlet to camshaft, piston

cooling and exhaust valve actuator

1*

SE SHD

438 high

438 Engine overspeed

PS SHD

329 low

PS SHD

384A low

RINa

335 Lubricating oil to main bearings and

thrust bearing

NKK

335 low

LR

PS SHD

GL

1*

DnVC

BV

ABS

Function

1
1

Use sensor

Class requirements for shut down

Point of location

Piston cooling oil and crosshead lub.

oil inlet
Jacket cooling water inlet

Indicates that a binary sensor (on-off) is required

1* These binary sensors for shut down are included in

the basic scope of supply (4 75 124)

The tables are liable to change without notice,

and are subject to latest class requirements.

1783301-2.0

Fig. 8.10: Shut down functions for AMS and UMS

470 100 025

178 59 19

8.21

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 8.11: Heated drain box with fuel oil leakage, alarm option: 4 35 105

470 100 100

178 53 33

8.22

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 8.12a: Oil mist detector pipes on engine, for Graviner, type MK 5 (4 75 161)

The measuring instruments are identified by a combination

of symbols followed by a position number, the symbols
represent:

Fig. 8.12b: Oil mist detector pipes on engine, for Schaller, type Visatron VN215 (4 75 163)

470 100 100

178 53 33

8.23

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Dispatch Pattern, Testing, Spares and Tools

Painting of Main Engine

Furthermore, the dispatch patterns are divided into

several degrees of dismantling called 1, 2 or 3,
whereas 1 comprises the complete or almost complete engine, and the other degrees of dismantling
can be agreed upon in each case.

The painting specification (Fig. 9.01) indicates the

minimum requirements regarding the quality and
the dry film thickness of the coats, as well as the
standard colours applied on MAN B&W engines built
in accordance with the Copenhagen standard.

When determining the degree of dismantling, consideration should be given to the lifting capacities
and number of crane hooks available at the engine
maker and, in particular, at the yard (purchaser).

Paints according to builders standard may be used

provided they at least fulfil the requirements stated
in Fig. 9.01.

The masses of the sections appear from Fig. 9.03

Dispatch Pattern

Lifting tools and lifting instructions are required for all

levels of dispatch pattern. The lifting tools (4 12 110 or
4 12 111), are to be specified when ordering and it
should be agreed whether the tools are to be returned
to the engine maker (4 12 120) or not (4 12 121).

The dispatch patterns are divided into two classes,

see Figs. 9.02 and 9.03:
A: Short distance transportation and short term
storage

Furthermore, it must be considered whether a drying

machine, option 4 12 601, is to be installed during the
transportation and/or storage period.

B: Overseas or long distance transportation or

long term storage
Short distance transportation (A) is limited by a duration of a few days from delivery ex works until installation, or a distance of approximately 1,000 km and
short term storage.
The duration from engine delivery until installation
must not exceed 8 weeks.
Dismantling of the engine is limited as much as possible.
Overseas or long distance transportation or long
term storage require a class B dispatch pattern.

Shop trials/Delivery Test

Before leaving the engine makers works, the engine
is to be carefully tested on diesel oil in the presence
of representatives of the yard, the shipowner and
the classification society.
The shop trial test is to be carried out in accordance
with the requirements of the relevant classification
society, however a minimum as stated in Fig. 9.04.

The duration from engine delivery until installation is

assumed to be between 8 weeks and maximum 6
months.

Spare Parts

Dismantling is effected to a certain degree with the

aim of reducing the transportation volume of the
individual units to a suitable extent.

The tendency today is for the classification societies

to change their rules such that required spare parts
are changed into recommended spare parts.

Note:
Long term preservation and seaworthy packing are
always to be used.

MAN B&W Diesel, however, has decided to keep a

set of spare parts included in the basic extent of
delivery (4 87 601) covering the requirements and

List of spares, unrestricted service

480 100 100

178 53 34

9.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

recommendations of the major classification societies, see Fig. 9.05.

Large spare parts, dimensions and masses

The dimensions and masses of the larger spare
parts are indicated in Fig. 9.08.

This amount is to be considered as minimum safety

stock for emergency situations.

Tools
Additional spare parts recommended by
MAN B&W Diesel

List of standard tools

The engine is delivered with the necessary special
tools for overhauling purposes. The extent of the
tools is stated in Fig. 9.09.

The above-mentioned set of spare parts can be

extended with the Additional Spare Parts Recommended by MAN B&W (option: 4 87 603), which
facilitates maintenance because, in that case, all the
components such as gaskets, sealings, etc. required for an overhaul will be readily available, see
Fig. 9.06.

The dimensions and masses of the main tools appear

from Figs. 9.10a to 9.10g.
Most of the tools can be arranged on steel plate
panels, which can be delivered as an option: 4 88
660, see Fig. 9.11 Tool Panels.

Wearing parts

If such panels are delivered, it is recommended to

place them close to the location where the overhaul
is to be carried out.

The consumable spare parts for a certain period are

not included in the above mentioned sets, but can
be ordered for the first 1, 2, up to 10 years service
of a new engine (option 4 87 629), a service year
being assumed to be 6,000 running hours.
The wearing parts supposed to be required, based on
our service experience, are divided into 14 groups, see
Table A in Fig. 9.07, each group including the components stated in Tables B.

480 100 100

178 53 34

9.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

Components to be painted
before shipment from workshop

Component/surfaces, inside engine,

exposed to oil and air
1. Unmachined surfaces all over. However cast
type crankthrows, main bearing cap, crosshead
bearing cap, crankpin bearing cap, pipes inside
crankcase and chainwheel need not to be
painted but the cast surface must be cleaned
of sand and scales and kept free of rust
Components, outside engine
2. Engine body, pipes, gallery, brackets etc.

Heat affected components:

3. Supports for exhaust receiver
Scavenge air-pipe inside
Components affected by water and cleaning
agents
4. Scavenge air cooler box inside

5. Gallery plates topside

6. Purchased equipment and instruments
painted in makers colour are acceptable
unless otherwise stated in the contract
Tools
The tools are to be painted as specified unless
another treatment is stated in the drawing.
Unmachined surfaces all over on handtools and
lifting tools
Purchased equipment painted in makers colour
is acceptable, unless otherwise stated in the
contract
Tool panels

S46MC-C Project Guide

Type of paint

No. of
coats/
Total dry
film
thickness
m

Colour:
RAL 840HR
DIN 6164
MUNSELL

Engine alkyd primer, weather

resistant

2/80

Free

Oil and acid resistant alkyd paint.

Temperature resistant to
minimum 80 C

1/30

White:
RAL 9010
DIN N:0:0.5
MUNSELL N-9.5

Engine alkyd primer, weather

resistant

2/80

Free

Final alkyd paint resistant to salt

water and oil

1/30

Paint, heat resistant to minimum

200 C

2/60

Light green:
RAL 6019
DIN 23:2:2
MUNSELL10GY
8/4
Alu:
RAL 9006
DIN N:0:2
MUNSELL N-7.5

Complete coating for long term

protection of exposed to
moderately to severely corsive
environment and abrasion
Engine alkyd primer, weather
resistant

2/75

Free

2/80

Free

Oil resistant paint

2/60

Orange red:
RAL 2004
DIN 6:7:2
MUNSELL
N-7.5r 6/12

Oil resistant paint

2/60

Light grey:
RAL 7038
DIN:24:1:2
MUNSELL N-7.5

Note:
All paints are to be of good quality. Paints according to builders standard may be used provided they at least fulfil the
above demands.
Delivery standard for point 2, is a primed and finally painted condition, unless otherwise stated in the contract.
Fig. 9.01: Specification for painting of main engine: 4 81 101

481 100 010

178 53 35

9.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Class A +B: Comprises the following

basic variants:

A1 + B1

Dismounting must be limited as much as possible.

The classes comprise the following basic variants:
A1 Option: 4 12 021, B1 option: 4 12 031

Engine

Spare parts and tools

A2 Option: 4 12 022, or B2 option: 4 12 032

Top section inclusive cylinder frame complete
cylinder covers complete, scavenge air
receiver inclusive cooler box and cooler,
turbocharger, camshaft, piston rods complete
and galleries with pipes

Bottom section inclusive bedplate complete

frame box complete, connecting rods, turning
gear, crankshaft with wheels and galleries

Spares, tools, stay bolts

Chains, ect.

Remaining parts

Engine complete
A2 + B2

Top section

Bottom section
Fig. 9.02a: Dispatch pattern, engine with turbocharger on aft end (4 59 121)

412 000 002

178 53 37

9.04

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

A3 + B3

A3 Option: 4 12 023, or B3 option: 4 12 039

Top section inclusive cylinder frame with
camchaft, cylinder covers, scavenge air
receiver, inclusive cooler box and cooler insert

turbocharger, piston rods complete, and

galleries with pipes

Frame box section inclusive chain drive,

connecting rods and galleries

Bedplate/crankshaft section, turning gear and

crankshaft with wheels
Remaining parts: spare parts, tools, stay bolts,
chains, etc.

Top section

Frame box section

Note
The engine supplier is responsible for the necessary
lifting toools and lifting instruction for transportation
purpose to the yard. The delivery extent of the lifting
tools, ownership and lend/lease conditions is to be
stated in the contract. (Option: 4 12 120 or 4 12 121)
Futhermore, it must be stated whether a drying
machine is to be installed during the transportation
and/or storage period. (Option: 4 12 601)

Bedplate/cranckshaft
section

Fig. 9.02b: Dispatch pattern, engine with turbocharger on aft end (4 59 121)

412 000 002

178 53 37

9.05

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Class A + B: Comprises the following

basic variants:

A1 + B1

Dismounting must be limited as much as possible.

The classes comprise the following basic variants:

A1 Option: 4 12 021, or B1, option: 4 12 031

Spare parts and tools

Engine

Engine complete

A2 Option: 4 12 022, or B2 option: 4 12 032

Top section inclusive cylinder frame complete

cylinder covers complete, scavenge air receiver
inclusive cooler box and cooler, turbocharger
camshaft, piston rods complete and galleries
with pipes

Bottom section inclusive bedplate complete

frame box complete, connecting rods, turning
gear, crankshaft with wheels and galleries

Spares, tools, stay bolts

Chains, etc.

Remaining parts

A2 + B2

Top section

Bottom section
Fig. 9.02c: Dispatch pattern, engine with turbocharger on exhaust side, option 4 59 123

412 000 002

178 53 37

9.06

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

A3 + B3

A3 Option: 4 12 023, or B3 option: 4 12 039

Top section inclusive cylinder frame
complete cylinder covers complete,
scavenge air receiver inclusive cooler box
and cooler insert, turbocharger, camshaft,
piston rods complete and galleries with
pipes

Frame box section inclusive chain drive,

connecting rods and galleries

Bedplate/cranckshaft section, turning gear

and cranckshaft with wheels

Remaining parts: spare parts, tools, stay bolts,

chains, etc.
Top section

Frame box section

Note
The engine supplier is responsible for the necessary
lifting tools and lifting instruction for transportation
purpose to the yard. The delivery extent of the lifting
tools, ownership and lend/lease conditions is to be
stated in the contract. (Options: 4 12 120 or 4 12 121)
Bedplate/cranckshaft
section

Furthermore, it must be stated whether a drying

machine is to be installed during the transportation
and/or storage period. (Option: 4 12 601)

Fig. 9.02d: Dispatch pattern, engine with turbocharger on exhaust side, option 4 59 123

412 000 002

178 53 37

9.07

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

4 cylinder

Pattern

Section

A1+B1 Engine complete

A2+B2 Top section

5 cylinder

6 cylinder

7 cylinder

8 cylinder

Mass. Length Mass. Length Mass. Length Mass. Length Mass. Length Heigh Width
in t

in m

in t

in m

in t

in m

in t

in m

in t

in m

in m

in m

140

5.9

162

6.7

185

7.5

205

8.2

230

8.3

6.4

49

5.9

60

6.7

69

7.5

76

8.2

86

4.5

6.4

Bottom section

82

4.6

93

5.4

107

6.2

119

134

7.8

4.3

Remaining parts

A3+B3 Top section

10

10

49

5.9

60

6.7

69

7.5

76

8.2

86

4.5

6.4

32

4.6

37

5.0

42

5.8

47

6.5

53

7.2

2.6

3.9

Bedplate/Crankshaft

49

4.6

55

5.4

64

6.2

71

80

7.8

2.6

Remaining parts

10

4.5

6.4

Frame box section

A4+B4 Top section

34

10
5.9

42

10
6.7

48

11
7.5

53

11
8.2

60

Exhaust receiver

3.2

4.5

3.9

4.7

5.5

5.5

6.3

1.6

1.3

Scavenge air receiver

3.1

3.8

4.6

5.4

6.2

Turbocharger - each

4.5

4.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

Air cooler - insert

Air cooler box
Frame box section

32

4.6

37

43

5.8

45.5

6.5

52.5

7.2

3.4

4.3

22.5

5.1

27.5

5.9

32.5

6.7

39.2

7.6

44.5

8.5

2.4

2.4

Bedplate

22

4.7

24.5

5.5

29

6.3

30.5

7.2

35

8.1

Remaining parts

11

Crankshaft

11

11

12

12

The weights are for standard engines with semi-built crankshaft of forged throws, integrated crosshead guides
in frame box and MAN B&W turbocharger.
All masses and dimensions are approximate and without packing and lifting tools. The masses of turning
wheel, turbocharger specified in dispatch pattern outline can vary, and should be checked.
Moment compensators and tuning wheel are not included in dispatch pattern outline. Turning wheel is
assumed to be of 4 tons.
Note
The above data are preliminary

Fig. 9.03a: Dispatch pattern, list of masses and dimensions.

412 000 002

178 53 37

9.08

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Minimum delivery test:

Governor tests, etc:

Starting and manoeuvring test at no load

Governor test

Load test

Minimum speed test

Engine to be started and run up to 50%

of Specified MCR (M) in 1 hour

Overspeed test

Followed by:

Shut down test

0.50 hour running at 50% of specified MCR

Starting and reversing test

0.50 hour running at 75% of specified MCR

Turning gear blocking device test

0.50 hour at 90% of specified MCR

Start, stop and reversing from engine side

manoeuvring console

1.00 hour running at 100% of specified MCR

The SFOC is guaranteed at specified MCR

0.50 hour running at 110% of specified MCR

Only for Germanischer Lloyd:

0.75 hour running at 110% of specified MCR

At each load change, all temperature and pressure

levels etc. should stabilise before taking new engine
load readings.

Before leaving the factory, the engine is to be carefully tested on diesel oil in the presence of representatives of Yard, Shipowner, Classification Society,
and MAN B&W Diesel.
Fuel oil analysis is to be presented
All tests are to be carried out on diesel or gas oil

Fig. 9.04: Shop trial running/delivery test: 4 14 001

486 001 010

178 53 38

9.09

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Delivery extent of spares

Class requirements

Class recommendations

GL:
KR:
NKK:
RINA:
CCS:

ABS:
BV:
LR:
DNVC:

Germanischer Lloyd
Korean Register of Shipping
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
Registro Italiano Navale
China Classification Society

American Bureau of Shipping

Bureau Veritas
Lloyds Register of Shipping
Det Norske Veritas Classification

Starting valve, plate 90704

1
Starting valve, complete

Cylinder cover, plate 90101

1
Cylinder cover complete with fuel, exhaust,
starting and safety valves, indicator valve and
sealing rings (disassembled)
1/2 set Studs for 1 cylinder cover

Exhaust valve, plate 90801

2
Exhaust valve complete
1
Flexible hose for exhaust valve pipe,
if applied

Piston, plate 90201

1
Piston complete (with cooling pipe), piston
rod, piston rings and stuffing box, studs and
nuts
1 set
Piston rings for 1 cylinder
1
Telescopic pipe with bushing for 1 cylinder

Fuel pump, plate 90901

1
Fuel pump barrel, complete with plunger
1
High-pressure pipe, each type
1
Fuel oil suction valve, complete
1
Puncture valve, complete

Cylinder liner, plate 90302

1
Cylinder liner with sealing rings

Fuel valve, plate 90910

1 set
Fuel valve complete, one of each size and
type complete with all fittings for one engine

Cylinder lubricator, plate 90305

1
Cylinder lubricator, complete of largest size
1
Cylinder lubricator drive (gear box and one
toothed coupling)

Turbocharger, plate 91000

1
Set of makers standard spare parts
1*
Rotor, rotor shaft bearings, nozzle rings, gear
wheels and complete attached lub. oil pump

Connecting rod, and crosshead bearing, plate 90401

1
Crankpin bearing shells in 2/2 with studs
and nuts
1 set
Crosshead bearing shells in 2/2 with studs
and nuts
2
Thrust piece

Auxiliary blower, plate 91001

1 set
Bearings for electric motor
1 set
Bearings for blower wheel
1
Belt, if applied
1 set
packing for blower wheel

Main bearing and thrust block, plate 90505

1 set
Thrust block segments ahead
1 set
Main bearing shells in 2/2
1 set
Studs and nuts for 1 main bearing

Safety valve, plate 91101

1
Safety valve, complete

Chain drive, plate 90601

6
Links (only for ABS, DNVC, LR, NKK and RRS

To be ordered separately as an option.

Camshaft, plate 90611

6
Camshaft chain links
1
Of each type of bearings for:
Camshaft at chain drive, chain tightener and
intermediate shaft
1
Guide ring 2/2 for camshaft bearing

The plate figures refer to the instruction books.

Subject to change without notice.

Fig. 9.05: List of spares, unrestricted service: 4 87 601

487 601 005

178 53 39

9.10

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

For easier maintenance and increased security in operation

Beyond class requirements

Connecting rod and crosshead, plate 90401

1
Telescopic pipe
2
Thrust piece

Cylinder cover, plate 90101

8
Gasket
8
O-ring, rubber
3
Sealing ring
4
Spring housing, complete
4
Studs for exhaust valve
4
Nut for exhaust valve studs

Chain drive and guide bars, plate 90601

4
Guide bar
Chain tightener, plate 90603
2
Lock washer

Piston and piston rod, plate 90201

40
63 m locking wire
16
Special locking
10
Piston ring, right
10
Piston ring, opposite
2
O-ring, Viton
2
O-ring

Camshaft, plate 90611

1
Exhaust cam
1
Fuel cam
Camshaft bearing and roller guide housing, plate 90613
1
Packing
Indicator drive, plate 90612
6
Gasket
6
Gasket
6
Gasket
3
Indicator valve/cock complete

Piston rod stuffing box, plate 90205

10
63 m locking wire
10
Locking plate
5
O-ring
5
Top scraper ring
15
Pack sealing ring
10
Cover sealing ring
20
Scraper ring
120
Lamella for scraper ring
6
Spring
4
Spring

Regulating shaft, plate 90618

3
Resilient arm, complete
2
Pull rod, complete
Arrangement of emergency console, plate 90621
1
Pull rod, complete

Cylinder frame, plate 90301

1
Bush for telescopic pipe
8
Stud for cylinder cover

Main starting valve, plate 90702

1
Repair kit for main starting valve
1
Repair kit for pilot valve

Cylinder liner and cooling jacket, plate 90302

200% O-ring, Viton
200% O-ring
50% Non-return valve
Cooling jacket
1
O-ring, rubber
16
Gasket
16
200% O-ring

Starting valve, plate 90704

2
Piston
2
Spring
2
Bushing
2
O-ring
2
Valve spindle
2
Locking plate

% Refer to one cylinder

Lubricator drive, plate 90305

2
Spare part set for cylinder lubricator
2
Coupling

Fig. 9.06a: Additional spare part recommended by MAN B&W, option: 4 87 603

487 603 020

178 53 40

9.11

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Exhaust valve, plate 90801

100% Sealing ring
100% Rubber ring
100% O-ring, Viton
100% O-ring
3
Conical ring in 2/2
100% O-ring, Viton
1
Throttle valve, complete
1
Liner for spindle guide
50% Gasket
50% O-ring, Nitrile
1
Safety valve
100% Gasket
100% Seal ring
100% O-ring
50% O-ring, Nitrile
25% Piston ring
1
Non-return valve
1
Piston
1
Exhaust valve spindle
50% Stop screw
1
Exhaust valve bottom piece, chamber type
50% O-ring, Viton

Fuel pump gear, plate 90902

50% Spring, internal
50% Spring, external
1
Fuel pump roller guide, complete
1
Reversing cylinder, complete
1
Piston for reversing cylinder
Fuel valve, plate 90910
50% Set of O-rings, Viton
50% Atomizer
50% Spindle guide, complete
50% Spring for spindle guide
High pressure pipe, plate 90913
1
High pressure pipe, complete
1
High pressure pipe, complete
Turbocharger, plate 91000
1
Rotor complete with bearings
Scavenge air receiver, plate 91001
2
Valve flap
2
Gasket
1
Thermo-elastic sealing for auxiliary blower
1
Compensator

Valve gear, plate 90805

1
Exhaust roller guide, complete
2
Shaft-pin for roller
2
Bush
2
Roller
25% Piston ring
2
Piston
2
Spring
2
Locking plate
2
Side disc

Exhaust pipes and receiver, plate 91003

1
Compensator
2
Compensator
Safety valve, plate 91101
50% Gasket
2
Safety valve, 200 bar

Valve gear, details plate 90806

50% Sealing disc
100% O-ring
3
Non-return valve, complete
1
High pressure pipe, complete

Arrangement of safety cap, plate 91104

100% Bursting disc
Gasket material
1 m2 Reins Repa 1mm
1 m2 Klinger Oilit 1mm
1 m2 Klinger Oilit 2 mm
1 m2 Hard fibre board
1 m2 Mild cooper plate 0.5 mm
1 m2 Mild cooper plate 1.0 mm
1 m2 Rubber sheet with inlay 1mm
900g Gasket compound, Permatex (3x300g)

Fuel pump, plate 90901

1
Fuel pump top cover
50% Gasket for top cover
50% Sealing ring, suction valve
50% Spring, suction valve
50% O-ring, suction valve
1
Suction valve, complete
3
Lock washer
50% Pump barrel with plunger
50% Sealing rings for pump barrel
3
Spacer rings
1
Puncture valve, complete
%

Refer to one engine

The plate figures refer to the instruction book
Liable to change without notice

Fig. 9.06b: Additional spare part recommended by MAN B&W, option: 4 87 603

487 603 020

178 53 40

9.12

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Table A
Service hours

0-6,000

Group
No

0-12,000
Number of cylinders

Description

Set of piston rings

Set of piston rod stuffing box, lamella rings

Set of piston rod stuffing box, sealing rings

Cylinder liners

Exhaust valve spindles

O-rings for exhaust valve

10

12

14

16

Exhaust valve guide bushings

Exhaust seat bottom pieces

Bushings for roller guides for fuel pump and

exhaust valve

10

Fuel pump plungers

11

Fuel valve guides and atomizers

12a

Set bearings for ABB turbocharger TVR

Set bearings for turbochargers with slide bearings

13

Set guide bars for chain drive

14

Set bearings for auxiliary blower

Alternative:
12b

Table B
The wearing parts are divided into 14 groups, each
including the components stated in tables B.

Group
No.
1

The average expected consumption of wearing parts

is stated in tables A for 1,2,3... 10 years service of a
new engine, a service year being assumed to be of
6000 hours.

I order to find the expected consumption for a 6

cylinder engine during the first 18000 hours service,
the extent stated for each group in tables B are to be
multiplied by the figures stated in the table A (see
the arrow), for the cylinder No. and service hours
in question.

3
4

Qty.

Descriptions

Piston rings 1.+ 3.

Piston rings 2.+ 4.

O-rings

10

Lamella rings 3/3

O-ring

Top scraper ring 4/4

Sealing rings 4/4

Cylinder liner

O-rings

O-rings for water

Gaskets for water

Sealing ring

Exhaust valve spindle

Piston rings

Fig. 9.07a: Wearing parts, option: 4 87 629

487 611 010

178 53 41

9.13

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Table A
Service hours

0-18,000

Group
No.

0-24,000
Number of cylinders

Description

Set of piston rings

10

12

14

16

Set of piston rod stuffing box, lamella rings

10

12

14

16

Set of piston rod stuffing box, sealing rings

Cylinder liners

Exhaust valve spindles

O-rings for exhaust valve

12

15

18

21

24

16

20

24

28

32

Exhaust valve guide bushings

Exhaust seat bottom pieces

Bushings for roller guides for fuel pump and

exhaust valve

10

Fuel pump plungers

11

Fuel valve guides and atomizers

10

12

14

16

10

12

14

16

12a

Set bearings for ABB turbocharger TVR

Alternative:
12b

Set bearings for turbochargers with slide bearings

13

Set guide bars for chain drive

14

Set bearings for auxiliary blower

Table B

Table B

Group
No.

Qty.

O-rings for water

6
1
1

Spindle guide

1
2
1

Guide ring

Sealing ring

Valve seat

O-rings

Bushing for roller guides

13

Washers

14

Group
No

Qty.

10

Plunger and barrel (fuel pump)

Gasket for water

Suction valve complete

O-ring for oil

O-rings

Fuel nozzle

O-ring

Spindle guide complete

Seating rings

O-rings

Bearing compressor side ABB, VTR

Bearing turbine side ABB, VTR

Slide bearing

Guide bearing

Guide bars

Set bearings for auxiliary blower

Descriptions

11

12a
12b

Descriptions

12b is applicable for: MAN B&W turbochargers type NA

MHI turbochargers type MET and
ABB turbochargers type TPL
Fig.9.07b: Wearing parts, option: 4 87 629

487 611 010

178 53 41

9.14

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Table A
Service hours

0-30,000

Group
No.

0-36,000
Number of cylinders

Description

Set of piston rings

10

12

14

16

12

15

18

21

24

Set of piston rod stuffing box, lamella rings

10

12

14

16

12

15

18

21

24

Set of piston rod stuffing box, sealing rings

Cylinder liners

Exhaust valve spindles

O-rings for exhaust valve

20

25

30

35

40

24

30

36

42

48

Exhaust valve guide bushings

10

12

14

16

10

12

14

16

Exhaust seat bottom pieces

Bushings for roller guides for fuel pump and

exhaust valve

10

Fuel pump plungers

11

Fuel valve guides and atomizers

10

12

14

16

16

20

24

28

32

12a

Set bearings for ABB turbocharger TVR

Alternative:
12b

Set bearings for turbochargers with slide bearings

13

Set guide bars for chain drive

14

Set bearings for auxiliary blower

Fig. 9.07c: Wearing parts, option: 4 87 629

487 611 010

178 53 41

9.15

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Table A
Service hours

0-42,000

Group
No.

0-48,000
Number of cylinders

Description

Set of piston rings

12

15

18

21

24

16

20

24

28

32

Set of piston rod stuffing box, lamella rings

12

15

18

21

24

16

20

24

28

32

Set of piston rod stuffing box, sealing rings

10

12

14

16

10

12

14

16

Cylinder liners

Exhaust valve spindles

O-rings for exhaust valve

28

35

42

49

56

32

40

48

56

64

Exhaust valve guide bushings

12

15

18

21

24

12

15

18

21

24

Exhaust seat bottom pieces

Bushings for roller guides for fuel pump and

exhaust valve

10

Fuel pump plungers

11

Fuel valve guides and atomizers

16

20

24

28

32

24

30

36

42

48

12a

Set bearings for ABB turbocharger TVR

Alternative:
12b

Set bearings for turbochargers with slide bearings

13

Set guide bars for chain drive

14

Set bearings for auxiliary blower

Fig. 9.07d: Wearing parts, option: 4 87 629

487 611 010

178 53 41

9.16

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Table A
Service hours

0-54,000

Group
No.

0-60,000
Number of cylinders

Description

Set of piston rings

16

20

24

28

32

20

25

30

35

40

Set of piston rod stuffing box, lamella rings

16

20

24

28

32

20

25

30

35

40

Set of piston rod stuffing box, sealing rings

10

12

14

16

12

15

18

21

24

Cylinder liners

Exhaust valve spindles

O-rings for exhaust valve

36

45

54

63

72

40

50

60

70

80

Exhaust valve guide bushings

16

20

24

28

32

16

20

24

28

32

Exhaust seat bottom pieces

Bushings for roller guides for fuel pump and

exhaust valve

10

Fuel pump plungers

11

Fuel valve guides and atomizers

24

30

36

42

48

24

30

36

42

48

12a

Set bearings for ABB turbocharger TVR

Alternative:
12b

Set bearings for turbochargers with slide bearings

13

Set guide bars for chain drive

14

Set bearings for auxiliary blower

Fig. 9.07e: Wearing parts, option: 4 87 629

487 611 010

178 53 41

9.17

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC Project Guide

Cylinder liner 1000 kg

Cylinder liner inclusive
cooling jacket
1258 kg

Exhaust valve
463 kg

Cylinder cover 755 kg

Cylinder cover inclusive
starting and fuel
valves 805 kg

Piston complete
with piston rod
700 kg

Rotor for turbocharger

Type NA57
170 kg

Rotor for turbocharger

Type VTR564
487 kg

Rotor for turbocharger

Type VTR454
252 kg

All dimensions are given in mm

Fig. 9.08: Large spare parts, dimensions and masses

487 601 007

178 53 42

9.18

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Mass of the complete set of tools:

about 2,300 kg

Crankshaft and main bearing, plate 905

1 set Hydraulic jack for main bearing stud
1 set Lifting tool for main bearing cap
1 set Dismantling tools for main bearing
1
Tools for turning out segments
1 set Crankcase relief valve testing tool

The engine is delivered with all necessary special

tools for overhaul. The extent of the tools is stated
below. Most of the tools can be arranged on steel plate
panels which can be delivered as option: 4 88 660 at
extra cost. Where such panels are delivered, it is
recommended to place them close to the location
where the overhaul is to be carried out, see page
9.27.

Camshaft and chain drive, plate 906

1 set Dismantling tool for camshaft bearing
1
Dismantling tool for camshaft coupling
1 set Camshaft adjusting tool
1 set Pin gauge for camshaft
1
Pin gauge for crankshaft top dead centre
1 set Chain assembling tool
1 set Chain disassembling tool

Cylinder cover, plate 901

1 set Milling and grinding tool for valve seats
1 set Fuel valve extractor
1 set Chains for lift of cylinder cover
1 set Hydraulic jacks for cylinder cover studs
(hydraulic tightening)

Starting air system, plate 907

1 set Starting valve overhaul tool

Piston with rod and stuffing box, plate 902

1
Crossbar for cylinder liner and piston
1 set Lifting gear for cylinder liner
1
Lifting tool for piston
1
Guide ring for piston
1
Support for piston
1 set Piston overhaul tool
1 set Stuffing box overhaul tool
1 set Piston and cylinder liner tilting gear
(option for low overhaul weight)

Exhaust valve and valve gear, plate 908

1
Tightening gauge for actuator housing
1 set Hydraulic jack for exhaust valve stud
1
Claw for exhaust valve spindle
1
Exhaust valve spindle and seat pneumatic
support grinding machine
1 set Exhaust valve spindle and seat checking
template
1
Guide ring for pneumatic piston
1 set Overhaul tool for high pressure connections
1 set Lifting device for roller guide and hydraulic
actuator
1 set Roller guide dismantling tool
1
Lifting tool for exhaust roller guide
(emergency running)

Crosshead and connecting rod, plate 904

1 set Covers for crosshead
1 set Hydraulic jacks for crosshead bolts
1
Lifting tool for crosshead
1 set Connecting rod lifting tool
1 set Crankpin bearing lifting tool
1 set Bracket support for crosshead
1 set Hydraulic jacks for crankpin bearing bolts

The tools from plates 907 and 911 are located on

the tool panel for plate 901.
The tools from plate 903 are located on the panel
for plate 902.
Fig. 9.09a: List of tools, 4 88 601

488 601 004

178 53 43

9.19

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fuel valve and fuel pump, plate 909

1
Tightening gauge for fuel pump housing
1
Fuel valve pressure testing device
1 set Fuel valve overhaul tool
1
Fuel pump lead measuring tool
1
Lifting tool for fuel pump
1 set Fuel pump overhaul tool
1 set Fuel oil high pressure pipe and connection
overhaul tool

General tools, plate 913

Accessories, plate 913.1
1
Hydraulic pump, pneumatically operated
1
Hydraulic pump, manually operated
1 set High pressure hose and connection

Turbocharger and air cooler system, plate 910

1 set Turbocharger overhaul tool
1 set Exhaust gas system blanking-off tool
(only when two or more TCs are fitted)
1 set Air cooler tool

Safety equipment, plate 901

1 set Safety valve pressure testing tool

Main part assembling, plate 912

1 set Staybolt hydraulic jack
1 set Cover for oil drain

1 set
1 set
1 set
1 set
1 set
1 set
1 set
1 set
1 set

Ordinary hand tools, plate 913.2

Torque wrench
Socket wrench
Hexagon key
Combination wrench
Double open-ended wrench
Ring impact wrench
Open-ended impact wrench
Pliers for circlip
Special spanner

1 set
1 set
1 set
1 set
1
1 set
1
1
1

Miscellaneous, plate 913.3

Pull-lift and tackle
Shackle
Eye-bolt
Foot grating
Indicator with cards
Feeler blade
Crankshaft alignment indicator
Cylinder gauge
Planimeter

Fig. 9.09b: List of tools, 4 88 601

488 601 004

178 53 43

9.20

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Pos.

Sec

Description

Mass in kg

901

Chain for lift of cylinder cover

902

Collar ring for piston

38

902

Crossbar to piston/liner

40

902

Guide ring for piston

25

Fig. 9.10a: Dimensions and masses of tools

488 601 004

178 53 43

9.21

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Pos.

Sec

Description

Mass in kg

902

Lifting tool for piston

22

902

Support for piston

45

904

Lifting tool for crank pin shell

Fig. 9.10b: Dimensions and masses of tools

488 601 004

178 53 43

9.22

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Pos.

Sec

Description

Mass in kg

905

Crossbar for lift of segment stops

905

Lifting tool for crankshaft

80

10

905

Lifting tool for thrust shaft

129

11

906

Pin gauge for camshaft

12

906

Pin gauge for crankshaft top dead centre

Fig. 9.10c: Dimensions and masses of tools

488 601 004

178 53 43

9.23

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Support grinding machine

Exhaust valve, dimensions in wooden box 440 x 380 x 185 mm
Mass 25 kg.

Surface grinding machine (option: 4 88 610)

Cylinder liner and cylinder cover
Mass 60 kg.

Fig. 9.10d: Dimensions and masses of tools

488 601 004

178 53 43

9.24

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Sec.

Description

Mass in kg

909

Fuel valve pressure control device

100

Fig. 9.10e: Dimension and masses of tools

488 601 004

178 53 43

9.25

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Sec.

Description

Mass in kg

913

Pump for hydraulic jacks

20

Fig. 9.10f: Dimension and masses of tools

488 601 004

178 53 43

9.26

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Proposal for placing

of tool panels

Standard sizes of tool panels

Pos.

Plate
No.

Description

901
907
911

Cylinder cover
Starting air system
Safety equipment

902
903

Piston, piston rod and stuffing box

Cylinder liner and cylinder frame

908

Exhaust valve and valve gear

909

Fuel valve and fuel pump

906

Camshaft, chain drive

904

Crosshead and connecting rod

905

Crankshaft and main bearing

Tools for plate 907 and 911 are being delivered on tool panel under plate 901
Tools for plate 903 are being delivered on tool panel under plate 902

Fig. 9.11: Tool panels, option: 4 88 660

488 601 004

178 53 43

9.27

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

10 Documentation
MAN B&W Diesel is capable of providing a wide
variety of support for the shipping and shipbuilding
industries all over the world.
The knowledge accumulated over many decades by
MAN B&W Diesel covering such fields as the selection of the best propulsion machinery, optimisation
of the engine installation, choice and suitability of a
Power Take Off for a specific project, vibration aspects, environmental control etc., is available to shipowners, shipbuilders and ship designers alike.
Part of this knowledge is presented in the book
entitled Engine Selection Guide, other details can
be found in more specific literature issued by MAN
B&W Diesel, such as Project Guides similar to the
present, and in technical papers on specific subjects, while supplementary information is available
on request. An order form for such printed matter
listing the publications currently in print, is available
from our agents, overseas offices or directly from
MAN B&W Diesel A/S, Copenhagen.
The selection of the ideal propulsion plant for a
specific newbuilding is a comprehensive task. However, as this selection is a key factor for the profitability of the ship, it is of the utmost importance for
the end-user that the right choice is made.

After selecting the engine type on the basis of this

general information, and after making sure that the
engine fits into the ships design, then a detailed
project can be carried out based on the Project
Guide for the specific engine type selected.

Project Guides
For each engine type a Project Guide has been
prepared, describing the general technical features
of that specific engine type, and also including some
optional features and equipment.
The information is general, and some deviations
may appear in a final engine contract, depending on
the individual licensee supplying the engine. The
Project Guides comprise an extension of the general
information in the Engine Selection Guide, as well
as specific information on such subjects as:
Instrumentation
Dispatch pattern
Testing
Spares and
Tools

Engine Selection Guide

The Engine Selection Guide is intended as a tool
to provide assistance at the very initial stage of the
project work. The Guide gives a general view of the
MAN B&W two-stroke MC Programme and includes
information on the following subjects:
Engine data
Engine data
Layout and load diagrams
specific fuel oil consumption
Turbocharger choice
Electricity production, including
power take off
Installation aspects
Auxiliary systems
Vibration aspects

400 000 500

178 53 44

10.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Project Support

Extent of delivery

Further customised documentation can be obtained

from MAN B&W Diesel A/S, and for this purpose we
have developed a Computerised Engine Application System, by means of which specific calculations can be made during the project stage, such
as:

The Extent of Delivery includes a list of the basic

items and the options of the main engine and auxiliary equipment and, it is divided into the systems
and volumes stated below:

Estimation of ships dimensions

Propeller calculation and power prediction
Selection of main engine
Main engines comparison
Layout/load diagrams of engine
Maintenance and spare parts costs of the
engine
Total economy comparison of engine rooms
Steam and electrical power consumption of ship
Auxiliary machinery capacities for derated engine
Fuel and lub. oil consumption exhaust gas data
Utilisation of jacket cooling water heat - freshwater production
Starting air system
Utilisation of exhaust gas heat
Water condensation separation in air coolers
Noise engine room, exhaust gas, structure borne
Preheating of diesel engine
Heat dissipation of engine

Extent of Delivery
The Extent of Delivery (EOD) sheets have been
compiled in order to facilitate communication between owner, consultants, yard and engine maker
during the project stage, regarding the scope of
supply and the alternatives (options) available for
MAN B&W two-stroke MC engines.
There are two versions of the EOD covering the
following engine sizes:
EOD for 98-50 type engines, and
EOD for 46-26 type engines

General information
4 00 xxx
General information
4 02 xxx
Rating
4 03 xxx
Direction of rotation
4 06 xxx
Rules and regulations
4 07 xxx
Calculation of torsional and
axial vibrations
4 09 xxx
Documentation
4 11 xxx
Electrical power available
4 12 xxx
Dismantling and packing of engine
4 14 xxx
Testing of diesel engine
4 17 xxx
Supervisors and advisory work
Diesel engine
4 30 xxx
Diesel engine
4 31 xxx
Torsional and axial vibrations
4 35 xxx
Fuel oil system
4 40 xxx
Lubricating oil system
4 42 xxx
Cylinder lubricating oil system
4 43 xxx
Piston rod stuffing box drain system
4 45 xxx
Low temperature cooling water system
4 46 xxx
Jacket cooling water system
4 50 xxx
Starting and control air systems
4 54 xxx
Scavenge air cooler
4 55 xxx
Scavenge air system
4 59 xxx
Turbocharger
4 60 xxx
Exhaust gas system
4 65 xxx
Manoeuvring system
4 70 xxx
Instrumentation
4 75 xxx
Safety, alarm and remote ind. system
4 78 xxx
Electrical wiring on engine
Miscellaneous
4 80 xxx
Miscellaneous
4 81 xxx
Painting
4 82 xxx
Engine seating
4 83 xxx
Galleries
4 85 xxx
Power Take Off
4 87 xxx
Spare parts
4 88 xxx
Tools
Remote control system
4 95 xxx
Bridge control system

400 000 500

178 53 44

10.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Description of the extent of delivery

Installation Documentation

The Extent of Delivery (EOD) is the basis for specifying the scope of supply for a specific order.

When a final contract is signed, a complete set of

documentation, in the following called Installation
Documentation, will be supplied by the buyer.

The list consists of some basic items and some

optional items.
The Basic items defines the simplest engine, designed for attended machinery space (AMS), without taking into consideration any specific requirements from the classification society, the yard or the
owner.
The options are extra items that can be alternatives to the basic or additional items available to
fulfil the requirements/functions for a specific project.
We base our first quotations on a scope of supply
mostly required, which is the so called Copenhagen Standard EOD, which are marked with an
asterisk * .

The Installation Documentation is divided into the

A and B volumes mentioned in the Extent of
Delivery under items:
4 09 602 Volume A:
Mainly comprises, for guidance purposes, the engine room system drawings for the plant, as well as
MAN B&Ws general recommendations and requirements.
4 09 603 Volume B:
Mainly comprises drawings for the main engine itself
Most of the documentation in volume A are similar
to those contained in the respective Project Guides,
but the Installation Documentation will only cover
the order-relevant designs. These will be forwarded
within 4 weeks from order.

This includes:

Items for Unattended Machinery Space

Minimum of alarm sensors recommended by

the classification societies and MAN B&W.

Moment compensator for certain numbers of

cylinders

MAN B&W turbochargers

Slow turning before starting

Spare parts either required or recommended

by the classification societies and MAN B&W

The engine layout drawings in volume B will, in

each case, be customised according to the yards
requirements and the engine manufacturers production facilities. The documentation will be forwarded, as soon as it is ready, normally within 3-6
months from order.
As MAN B&W Diesel A/S and most of our licensees
are using computerised drawings (Cadam), the documentation forwarded will normally be in size A4
or A3. The maximum size available is A1.
The drawings of volume A are available on disc.

Tools required or recommended by the classification societies and MAN B&W

The following list is intended to show an example of

such a set of Installation Documentation, but the
extent may vary from order to order.

The EOD is often used as an integral part of the final

contract

400 000 500

178 53 44

10.03

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

Engine-relevant documentation
901 Engine data
External forces and moments
Guide force moments
Water and oil in engine
Centre of gravity
Basic symbols for piping
Instrument symbols for piping
Axial vibration monitor
Balancing
915 Engine connections
Scaled engine outline
Engine outline
List of flanges
Engine pipe connections
916 Engine gallery, etc
Gallery outline
921 Engine instrumentation
List of instruments
Connections for electric components
Guidance valves for automation
923 Manoeuvring system
Speed correlation to telegraph
Slow down requirements
List of components
Engine control system, description
El. box, emergency control
Sequence diagram
Manoeuvring system
Diagram of manoeuvring console
924 Oil mist detector
Oil mist detector
925 Control equipment for auxiliary blower
El. panel for auxiliary blower
Control panel
El. diagram
Auxiliary blower
Starter for el. motors

S46MC-C Project Guide

934 Turning gear
Turning gear arrangement
Turning gear, control system
Turning gear, with motor
936 Spare parts
List of spare parts
939 Engine paint
Specification of paint
940 Gaskets, sealings, O-rings
Instructions
Packings
Gaskets, sealings, O-rings
950 Engine pipe diagrams
Engine pipe diagrams
Bedplate drain pipes
Instrument symbols for piping
Basic symbols for piping
Lub. and cooling oil pipes
Cylinder lub. oil pipes
Stuffing box drain pipes
Cooling water pipes, air cooler
Jacket water cooling pipes
Fuel oil drain pipes
Fuel oil pipes
Fuel oil pipes, tracing
Fuel oil pipes, insulation
Air spring pipe, exh. valve
Control and safety air pipes
Starting air pipes
Turbocharger cleaning pipe
Scavenge air space, drain pipes
Scavenge air pipes
Air cooler cleaning pipes
Exhaust gas pipes
Steam extinguishing, in scavenge air box
Oil mist detector pipes
Pressure gauge pipes

932 Shaft line

Crankshaft driving end
Fitted bolts

400 000 500

178 53 44

10.04

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

Engine room-relevant documentation
901 Engine data
List of capacities
Basic symbols for piping
Instrument symbols for piping
902 Lub. and cooling oil
Lub. oil bottom tank
Lubricating oil filter
Crankcase venting
Lubricating oil system
Lub. oil outlet

S46MC-C Project Guide

911 Compressed air
Starting air system
912 Scavenge air
Scavenge air drain system
913 Air cooler cleaning
Air cooler cleaning system
914 Exhaust gas
Exhaust pipes, bracing
Exhaust pipe system, dimensions

904 Cylinder lubrication

Cylinder lub. oil system

917 Engine room crane

Engine room crane capacity
Crane beam for turbocharger

905 Piston rod stuffing box

Stuffing box drain oil cleaning system

918 Torsiograph arrangement

Torsiograph arrangement

906 Seawater cooling

Seawater cooling system

919 Shaft earthing device

Earthing device

907 Jacket water cooling

Jacket water cooling system
Deaerating tank
Deaerating tank, alarm device

920 Fire extinguishing in scavenge air space

Fire extinguishing in scavenge air space

909 Central cooling system

Central cooling water system
Deaerating tank
Deaerating tank, alarm device
910 Fuel oil system
Fuel oil heating chart
Fuel oil system
Fuel oil venting box
Fuel oil filter

921 Instrumentation
Axial vibration monitor
926 Engine seating
Profile of engine seating
Epoxy chocks
Alignment screws
927 Holding-down bolts
Holding-down bolt
Round nut
Distance pipe
Spherical washer
Spherical nut
Assembly of holding-down bolt
Protecting cap
Arrangement of holding-down bolts

400 000 500

178 53 44

10.05

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

928 Supporting chocks
Supporting chocks
Securing of supporting chocks
929 Side chocks
Side chocks
Liner for side chocks, starboard
Liner for side chocks, port side
930 End chocks
Stud for end chock bolt
End chock
Round nut
Spherical washer, concave
Spherical washer, convex
Assembly of end chock bolt
Liner for end chock
Protecting cap
931 Top bracing of engine
Top bracing outline
Top bracing arrangement
Friction-materials
Top bracing instructions
Top bracing forces
Top bracing tension data
932 Shaft line
Static thrust shaft load
Fitted bolt
Crankshaft model for alignment

S46MC-C Project Guide

936 Spare parts dimensions
Connecting rod studs
Cooling jacket
Crankpin bearing shell
Crosshead bearing
Cylinder cover stud
Cylinder cover
Cylinder liner
Exhaust valve
Exhaust valve bottom piece
Exhaust valve spindle
Exhaust valve studs
Fuel pump barrel with plunger
Fuel valve
Main bearing shell
Main bearing studs
Piston complete
Starting valve
Telescope pipe
Thrust block segment
Turbocharger rotor
940 Gaskets, sealings, O-rings
Gaskets, sealings, O-rings
949 Material sheets
MAN B&W Standard Sheets Nos:
S19R
S45R
S25Cr1
S34Cr1R
C4

933 Power Take-Off

List of capacities
PTO/RCF arrangement

400 000 500

178 53 44

10.06

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Engine production and

installation-relevant documentation

Tools

935 Main engine production records,

engine installation drawings
Installation of engine on board
Dispatch pattern 1, or
Dispatch pattern 2
Check of alignment and bearing clearances
Optical instrument or laser
Alignment of bedplate
Crankshaft alignment reading
Bearing clearances
Check of reciprocating parts
Reference sag line for piano wire
Check of reciprocating parts
Piano wire measurement of bedplate
Check of twist of bedplate
Production schedule
Inspection after shop trials
Dispatch pattern, outline
Preservation instructions

926 Engine seating

Hydraulic jack for holding down bolts
Hydraulic jack for end chock bolts
937 Engine tools
List of tools
Outline dimensions, main tools
938 Tool panel
Mounting of panels
Tool panels
Auxiliary equipment
980 Fuel oil unit
990 Exhaust silencer
995 Other auxiliary equipment

941 Shop trials

Shop trials, delivery test
Shop trial report
942 Quay trial and sea trial
Stuffing box drain cleaning
Fuel oil preheating chart
Flushing of lub. oil system
Freshwater system treatment
Freshwater system preheating
Quay trial and sea trial
Adjustment of control air system
Adjustment of fuel pump
Heavy fuel operation
Guidance values automation
945 Flushing procedures MC
Lubricating oil system cleaning instruction

400 000 500

178 53 44

10.07

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 11.01a: Engine outline with turbocharger aft, scaled, 1:100

430 100 074

178 53 45

11.01

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 11.01b: Engine outline with turbocharger aft, scaled 1:100

430 100 074

178 53 45

11.02

MAN B&W Diesel A/S

S46MC-C Project Guide

Fig. 11.01c: Engine outline with turbocharger aft, scaled 1:200

430 100 074

178 53 45

11.03